Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

rise together with

  • 1 with

    preposition
    1) mit

    put something with something — etwas zu etwas stellen/legen

    be with it(coll.) up to date sein

    not be with somebody(coll.): (fail to understand) jemandem nicht folgen können

    I'm not with you(coll.) ich komme nicht mit

    be one with somebody/something — mit jemandem/etwas eins sein

    2) (in the care or possession of) bei
    3) (owing to) vor (+ Dat.)
    5) (while having) bei
    6) (in regard to)

    what do you want with me?was wollen Sie von mir?

    what can he want with it?was mag er damit vorhaben?

    7) (at the same time as, in the same way as) mit
    8) (employed by) bei
    9) (despite) trotz; see also academic.ru/82354/will">will II 1. 4)
    * * *
    [wið]
    1) (in the company of; beside; among; including: I was walking with my father; Do they enjoy playing with each other?; He used to play football with the Arsenal team; Put this book with the others.) mit
    2) (by means of; using: Mend it with this glue; Cut it with a knife.) mit
    3) (used in expressing the idea of filling, covering etc: Fill this jug with milk; He was covered with mud.) mit
    4) (used in describing conflict: They quarrelled with each other; He fought with my brother.) mit
    5) (used in descriptions of things: a man with a limp; a girl with long hair; a stick with a handle; Treat this book with care.) mit
    6) (as the result of: He is shaking with fear.) vor
    7) (in the care of: Leave your case with the porter.) bei
    8) (in relation to; in the case of; concerning: Be careful with that!; What's wrong with you?; What shall I do with these books?) mit
    9) (used in expressing a wish: Down with fascism!; Up with Manchester United!) mit
    * * *
    [wɪθ]
    1. (having, containing) mit + dat
    \with a little bit of luck mit ein wenig Glück
    he spoke \with a soft accent er sprach mit einem leichten Akzent
    I'd like a double room \with a sea view ich hätte gerne ein Doppelzimmer mit Blick aufs Meer
    2. (accompanied by) mit + dat
    I'm going to France \with a couple of friends ich fahre mit ein paar Freunden nach Frankreich
    3. (together with) mit + dat
    I need to talk \with you about this ich muss mit dir darüber reden
    I've got nothing in common \with him ich habe mit ihm nichts gemeinsam
    \with you and me, there'll be 10 of us mit dir und mir sind wir zu zehnt
    I'll be \with you in a second ich bin gleich bei dir
    we're going to stay \with some friends wir werden bei Freunden übernachten
    he decided to make a clean break \with the past er beschloss, einen Schlussstrich unter die Vergangenheit zu setzen
    can you help me \with my homework? kannst du mir bei den Hausaufgaben helfen?
    what's the matter \with her? was ist los mit ihr?
    it's the same \with me mir geht es genauso
    let me be frank \with you lass mich offen zu dir sein
    away \with you! fort mit dir!
    to have something/nothing to do \with sb/sth etwas/nichts mit jdm/etw zu tun haben
    6. (expressing feeling towards sb/sth) mit + dat
    I'm angry \with you ich bin sauer auf dich
    he was dissatisfied \with the new car er war unzufrieden mit dem neuen Wagen
    I'm content \with things the way they are ich bin zufrieden mit den Dingen, so wie sie sind
    7. (expressing manner) mit + dat
    she nodded \with a sigh sie nickte seufzend
    please handle this package \with care bitte behandeln sie dieses Paket mit Vorsicht
    \with a look of surprise mit einem erstaunten Gesichtsausdruck
    8. (in a state of) vor + dat
    she was shaking \with rage sie zitterte vor Wut
    he looked \with utter disbelief er starrte völlig ungläubig
    she was green \with jealousy sie war grün vor Eifersucht
    9. (in addition to) mit + dat
    \with that... [und] damit...
    he gave a slight moan and \with that he died er stöhnte kurz auf, woraufhin er verstarb
    10. (in proportion to) mit + dat
    the value could decrease \with time der Wert könnte mit der Zeit sinken
    the wine will improve \with age der Wein wird mit zunehmendem Alter besser
    11. (in direction of) mit + dat
    they went \with popular opinion sie gingen mit der öffentlichen Meinung
    I prefer to go \with my own feeling ich verlasse mich lieber auf mein Gefühl
    \with the current/tide/wind mit der Strömung/der Flut/dem Wind
    12. (using) mit + dat
    she paints \with watercolors sie malt mit Wasserfarben
    they covered the floor \with newspaper sie bedeckten den Boden mit Zeitungspapier
    13. (in circumstances of, while)
    \with things the way they are so wie die Dinge sind [o stehen]
    \with two minutes to take-off mit nur noch zwei Minuten bis zum Start
    what \with school and all, I don't have much time mit der Schule und allem bleibt mir nicht viel Zeit
    14. (despite) bei + dat
    \with all her faults trotz all ihrer Fehler
    even \with... selbst mit...
    15. (working for) bei + dat
    he's been \with the department since 1982 er arbeitet seit 1982 in der Abteilung
    16. (in support of)
    I agree \with you 100% ich stimme dir 100 % zu
    to be \with sb/sth hinter jdm/etw stehen
    to go \with sth mit etw dat mitziehen
    up/down \with sth hoch/nieder mit etw dat
    17. (to match)
    to go \with sth zu etw dat passen
    18. (filled with, covered by) mit + dat
    the basement is crawling \with spiders der Keller wimmelt von Spinnen
    his plate was heaped \with food sein Teller war mit Essen vollgeladen
    19. (on one's person) bei + dat
    , an + dat
    do you have a pen \with you? hast du einen Stift bei dir?
    bring a cake \with you bring einen Kuchen mit
    are you \with me? verstehst du?
    I'm sorry, but I'm not \with you Entschuldigung, aber da komm' ich nicht mit fam
    * * *
    [wIð, wɪɵ]
    prep
    1) mit

    with no... — ohne...

    (together) with the Victory, it's the biggest ship of its class — neben der Victory ist es das größte Schiff in seiner Klasse

    to walk with a stickam or mit einem Stock gehen

    put it with the restleg es zu den anderen

    the wind was with uswir hatten den Wind im Rücken, wir fuhren etc mit dem Wind

    how are things with you? — wie gehts?, wie stehts? (inf)

    See:
    → with it
    2) (= at house of, in company of etc) bei

    I'll be with you in a moment — einen Augenblick bitte, ich bin gleich da

    4) (cause) vor (+dat)

    to be ill with measles — die Masern haben, an Masern erkrankt sein

    5) (= in the case of) bei, mit

    the trouble with him is that he... — die Schwierigkeit bei or mit ihm ist (die), dass er...

    it's a habit with him —

    with God, all things are possible — bei or für Gott ist kein Ding unmöglich

    6) (= while sb/sth is) wo

    you can't go with your mother ill in bedwo deine Mutter krank im Bett liegt, kannst du nicht gehen

    7) (= in proportion) mit
    8) (= in spite of) trotz, bei

    with all his faults — bei allen seinen Fehlern, trotz aller seiner Fehler

    9)

    (= in agreement, on side of) I'm with you there (inf)da stimme ich dir zu

    10) (inf

    expressing comprehension) are you with me? — kapierst du? (inf), hast dus? (inf), kommst du mit? (inf)

    * * *
    with [wıð; wıθ] präp
    1. (zusammen) mit:
    would you like rice with your meat? möchten Sie Reis zum Fleisch?
    2. (in Übereinstimmung) mit, für:
    he that is not with me is against me wer nicht für mich ist, ist gegen mich;
    a) ich bin ganz Ihrer Ansicht oder auf Ihrer Seite,
    b) ich verstehe Sie sehr gut;
    vote with the Conservatives! stimmt für die Konservativen!;
    blue does not go with green Blau passt nicht zu Grün
    3. mit (besitzend):
    4. mit (vermittels):
    what will you buy with the money? was wirst du (dir) von dem Geld kaufen?
    with the door open bei offener Tür
    6. mit (in derselben Weise, im gleichen Grad, zur selben Zeit):
    7. bei:
    8. (kausal) durch, vor (dat):
    stiff with cold steif vor Kälte;
    tremble with fear vor Angst zittern
    9. bei, für:
    with God all things are possible bei Gott ist kein Ding unmöglich
    10. von, mit (Trennung): break1 C 1, etc
    11. gegen, mit:
    fight with s.o
    12. bei, aufseiten:
    it rests with you to decide die Entscheidung liegt bei dir
    13. nebst, samt:
    14. trotz:
    with the best intentions, he failed completely;
    with all her brains bei all ihrer Klugheit
    15. wie:
    have the same faith with s.o
    16. angesichts;
    in Anbetracht der Tatsache, dass:
    you can’t leave with your mother so ill du kannst nicht weggehen, wenn deine Mutter so krank ist
    17. with it umg
    a) auf Draht, auf der Höhe,
    b) up to date, modern
    frenzied [ˈfrenzıd] adj
    1. außer sich, rasend ( beide: with vor dat)
    2. frenetisch (Geschrei etc), (Beifall auch) rasend
    3. wild, hektisch:
    the room was full of frenzied activity im Zimmer herrschte hektische Aktivität
    w. abk
    2. wide
    4. wife
    5. with
    6. PHYS work
    * * *
    preposition
    1) mit

    put something with something — etwas zu etwas stellen/legen

    be with it(coll.) up to date sein

    not be with somebody(coll.): (fail to understand) jemandem nicht folgen können

    I'm not with you(coll.) ich komme nicht mit

    be one with somebody/something — mit jemandem/etwas eins sein

    3) (owing to) vor (+ Dat.)
    7) (at the same time as, in the same way as) mit
    9) (despite) trotz; see also will II 1. 4)
    * * *
    prep.
    mit präp.

    English-german dictionary > with

  • 2 with

    wɪð предл.
    1) а) указывает на связь, совместность с, вместе с to work with smb. ≈ работать вместе с кам-л. б) указывает на взаимоотношения, согласованность во взглядах с with each otherдруг с другом в) указывает на пребывание в чьем-л. доме у to stay with parentsжить у родителей г) указывает на нахождение на чьем-л. попечении у Leave the child with me! ≈ Оставьте ребенка у меня!
    2) а) указывает на орудие, с помощью которого совершается действие, или же способ совершения действия to hit with a rock ≈ ударить камнем б) указывает на средство на, за to buy with moneyкупить за деньги
    3) указывает на причину, источник чего-л. от, из-за to tremble with cold ≈ дрожать от холода
    4) а) указывает на характерный признак a house with a garden ≈ дом с садом б) указывает на характерную особенность действия with a smile ≈ с улыбкой в) указывает на обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию г) указывает на дополнительные обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию причем They were all late with him being the last. ≈ Все опоздали, причнм он был последним.
    5) указывает на лицо, по отношению к которому совершается действие у, касательно, с(о) It is different with me. ≈ Со мной дела обстоят иначе.
    6) несмотря на with all his faultsнесмотря на его недостатки
    7) указывает на объект отношения, на соревнование с кем-л., предмет занятий с He was concerned with English. ≈ Он занимался английским языком. to compete with smb. ≈ конкурировать с кем-л. ∙ with child away with him! be with it get with it жгут из прутьев, вица ивовый прут, хлыст, розга;
    лоза (диалектизм) ива( диалектизм) (американизм) вязать вицами, жгутами из ивняка (диалектизм) (американизм) скручивать( лозу, прутья) в вицы, жгуты указывает на совместность (часто together *): (вместе) с - to work( together) * smb. работать (вместе) с кем-л. - to go * the times идти в ногу со временем;
    не отставать от времени - she came * two daughters она пришла с двумя дочерьми - in company * вместе с - your name was mentioned * others среди других имен было упомянуто и ваше - he bought the chairs( together) * the table он купил стулья вместе со столом - side by side * smb. рядом /бок о бок/ с кем-л. - Great Britain fought * France Великобритания воевала на стороне Франции - he fought * the navy он сражался в рядах ВМС указывает на взаимоотношение: с - * each other /one another/ друг с другом - to talk * smb. разговаривать с кем-л. - to make friends * smb. подружиться с кем-л. - to quarrel * smb. ссориться с кем-л. - to fight * smb. бороться с кем-л. /против кого-л./ - to break * one's family порвать со своей семьей - to be at odds * smb. не ладить /быть в плохих отношениях/ - to mix * smb. общаться с кем-л. - he did not like to mix * such people он не любил встречаться с такими людьми /находиться в обществе таких людей/ указывает на присоединение, связь: с - the rent is five guineas a week * attendance плата за квартиру с услугами пять гиней в неделю указывает на пребывание в доме у кого-л.: у - to stay * one's parents жить у родителей - to have a dinner * a friend пообедать у приятеля указывает на оставление кого-л. на чье-л. попечение: у - leave the child * me оставьте ребенка у меня - leave your key * the hotel clerk оставьте ключ у портье указывает на работу где-л. или у кого-л.: в, у - he signs * a string quartet он поет со струнным квартетом - he worked * the firm for five years он работал в этой фирме пять лет указывает на смешивание, сочетание, добавление: (вместе) с - mix it * water смешай это с водой - do you want sugar * your tea? вы будете пить чай с сахаром? указывает на включение в группу, класс и т. п.: с, к - the whale is sometimes mistakenly included * the fishes кита иногда ошибочно относят к рыбам указывает на орудие, инструмент или способ совершения действия;
    передается твор. падежом - to hit * a rock ударить камнем - to light a hall * candles осветить зал свечами - to take smth. * both hands взять что-л. обеими руками - I saw it * my own eyes я видел это собственными глазами указывает на средство: на, за;
    передается тж. твор. падежом - to buy smth. * money купить что-л. за деньги - to pay for smth. * one's life заплатить за что-л. своей жизнью - to treat * a serum вводить сыворотку указывает на содержимое или содержание чего-л.: с;
    передается тж. твор. падежом - to load a ship * coal грузить судно углем - stuffed * straw набитый соломой - a telegram * bad news телеграмма с плохой вестью указывает на материал, вещество и т. п., покрывающие, окружающие или украшающие что-л.;
    передается твор. падежом - a table * a white tablecloth стол, покрытый белой скатертью - decorated * flowers украшенный цветами - covered * snow покрытый снегом - the room was hung * pictures комната была увешана картинами - a house surrounded * trees дом, окруженный деревьями указывает на характерный признак: с;
    вместе с существительным передается иногда сложным прилагательным - a house * a red roof дом с красной крышей - a room * a bath комната с ванной - a man * white hair седоволосый человек, человек с седыми волосами указывает на наличие чего-л. у кого-л.: у, при, с (собой) - I have no money * me у меня с собой /при себе/ нет денег - he came * all his luggage он приехал со всеми вещами - he always carries a stick * him он всегда ходит с палкой - he came home * a headache он пришел домой с головной болью указывает на характерную особенность действия: с;
    вместе с существительным передается тж. наречием или деепричастием - * a smile с улыбкой, улыбаясь - * a laugh со смехом, смеясь - * pleasure с удовольствием - to speak * an accent говорить с акцентом - to walk * a limp ходить прихрамывая - to receive smb. * open arms встретить кого-л. с распростертыми объятиями - handle * care! обращаться осторожно! (надпись) - he looked at his work * a critical eye он отнесся к своей работе критически указывает на сопутствующие обстоятельства или внешний вид предмета: с;
    с последующими словами передается тж. деепричастным оборотом или частью сложного предложения - another ten minutes passed * no sign of John прошло еще десять минут, а Джон все не появлялся - he sat * his head down он сидел опустив голову - * one's hat off без шляпы, сняв шляпу;
    (военное) (разговорное) обвиняемый в преступлении указывает на особенности начала или окончания чего-л.: с;
    передается тж. твор. падежом - to begin * smth. начать с чего-л. - to end * smth. кончить чем-л. - "meat" begins * "m" (слово) "meat" начинается с "m" - we may close the history of this movement * the seventeenth century можно считать, что история этого движения заканчивается семнадцатым веком указывает на дополнительные обстоятельства или моменты: причем - they were all late * him being the last все они опоздали, а он пришел последним указывает на условия совершения действия: в условиях, когда, при том, что - * unemployment rising no economic growth is possible в условиях роста безработицы экономический рост невозможен - * major crimes mounting yearly, the federal government does little about it число серьезных преступлений ежегодно растет, а правительство не принимает эффективных мер указывает на согласие с кем-л., чем-л.: с - to agree * smb. соглашаться с кем-л. - to side * smb. быть на чьей-л. стороне;
    встать на чью-л. сторону - I think * you я думаю так же, как и вы, я с вами согласен, я присоединяюсь к вашему мнению - who is not * us is against us кто не с нами, тот против нас указывает на объект дружелюбного, недружелюбного и т. п. отношения: с;
    (по отношению) к - to be patient * smb. быть терпеливым с кем-л. - to sympathize * smb. сочувствовать кому-л. - to be angry * smb. сердиться на кого-л. - to be in love * smb. любить кого-л.;
    быть влюбленным в кого-л. указывает на соревнование с кем-л. - to compete * smb. соперничать /состязаться/ с кем-л.;
    конкурировать с кем-л. указывает на предмет занятий, забот, внимания: с, для - he was concerned * English poetry он занимался английской поэзией - he had trouble * his luggage у него были неприятности с багажом - this film is made * children in mind этот фильм рассчитан на детей - this treatment has worked wonders * him это лечение оказалось чудодейственным для него - we can do nothing * him мы ничего не можем сделать с ним указывает на лицо, предмет, который знают, с которым знакомы: с - to be familiar * smth. (хорошо) знать что-л. - to be acquainted * smb. быть знакомым с кем-л. указывает на предмет, который дарят, или дело, которое поручают - to entrust smb. * smth. поручать что-л. кому-л. - what has he presented her *? что он ей подарил? указывает на лицо, ответственное за что-л. - this decision rests /lies/ * you решение зависит от вас - a question that is always * us вопрос, который всегда стоит перед нами указывает на предмет эмоциональной или умственной оценки;
    часто передается твор. падежом - to be satisfied * smth. быть довольным чем-л. - we are pleased * the house нам нравится дом указывает на сравнение: с - to compare one thing * another сравнивать один предмет с другим - in comparison * в сравнении с, по сравнению с - not to be compared * несравнимый с, не идущий в сравнение с - this skirt is identical * mine у меня такая же юбка, как эта указывает на совместимость или сопоставимость: наравне с - to match a hat * a coat подобрать шляпу под пальто - he can work * the best он может работать наравне с лучшими - does red go * green? сочетается ли красный цвет с зеленым? указывает на причину, источник чего-л.: от, из-за - to tremble * fear дрожать от страха - to be ill * fever болеть лихорадкой - he was bent * age годы согнули его указывает на условие или основание: с, при - such mistakes would be impossible * a careful secretary такие ошибки были бы невозможны при хорошем секретаре - * his intelligence he will easily understand that человеку с его умом это легко понять - * your permission с вашего разрешения - * your consent с вашего согласия указывает на одновременность событий при их причинной связи: с - * his death the work came to an end с его смертью работа прекратилась - * John away, we've got more room теперь, когда Джон уехал, у нас больше места указывает на одновременность явлений - her hair became grey * the passing of the years с годами ее волосы поседели указывает на пропорциональность - the pressure varies * the depth давление меняется в зависимости от глубины - his earnings increased * his power с ростом его влияния возрастали и его доходы указывает на движение в том же направлении: по - to go * the tide плыть по течению - * the sun по часовой стрелке - * the wind по ветру, с попутным ветром указывает на лицо, имеющее какие-л. качества, привычки, склонности и т. п.: у, для, с - as is usual * him как это с ним обычно бывает - * him it's all a matter of money у него самое главное - деньги - he has such an honest way * him он умеет внушить доверие что касается - it is different * me со мной дело обстоит иначе - it is holiday time * us у нас сейчас каникулы - be careful * that glass будь осторожен со стеклом - what's wrong * you? что с тобой?, что у тебя случилось? - what do you want * me? что вам от меня нужно? - there's a difficulty * this new timetable в связи с этим новым расписанием возникают известные трудности - I no longer have any influence * him я уже не имею на него никакого влияния имеет уступительное значение (обычно * all) несмотря на - * all his faults we liked him несмотря на все его недостатки, мы любили его с наречиями направления образует побудительные предложения - away * him! вон /гони/ его! - away * it! уберите это! - down * the door! взломайте дверь! - off * you! марш отсюда! в сочетаниях - * regard to, * reference to, * relation to, * respect to что касается, в отношении;
    по поводу;
    относительно - * the object of с целью, (для того) чтобы - * this с этими словами, с этим - * that после чего - * the exception за исключением - * a few exceptions за немногими исключениями - to begin * прежде всего;
    во-первых - * kind regards с приветом (в письмах) - * one accord единодушно - to be * child быть беременной - it is pouring * rain льет как из ведра - what *... (and what *) из-за - what * the darkness and what * the fright he did not notice much из-за темноты и страха он мало что заметил - close *, close in * (морское) близко, рядом - some dark object close in * the land какой-то темный предмет около берега accord ~ соответствовать accordant ~ согласный accordant ~ соответственный according ~ в соответствии с according ~ согласно ~ prep указывает на предмет действия или орудие, с помощью которого совершается действие;
    передается тв. падежом: to adorn with flowers украшать цветами affiliate ~ присоединяться associate ~ общаться away ~ him! вон его!;
    to be (или to get) with it разг. идти в ногу с модой bank ~ вести дела с банком bank ~ держать деньги в банке bank ~ класть деньги в банк to be honest ~ oneself быть честным перед самим собой;
    be patient with them проявите терпение по отношению к ним to be honest ~ oneself быть честным перед самим собой;
    be patient with them проявите терпение по отношению к ним away ~ him! вон его!;
    to be (или to get) with it разг. идти в ногу с модой burdened ~ обремененный communicate ~ общаться communicate ~ поддерживать связь compete ~ конкурировать compete ~ соревноваться compliance ~ согласие comply ~ исполнять comply ~ повиноваться comply ~ подчиняться comply ~ удовлетворять confer ~ советоваться contract ~ заключать контракт ~ a pencil карандашом;
    to cut with a knife резать ножом deal ~ быть клиентом deal ~ вести процесс deal ~ заниматься deal ~ иметь дело deal ~ иметь дело с deal ~ обращаться с deal ~ справляться с deal ~ сталкиваться с ~ prep указывает на причину от, из-за;
    to die with pneumonia умереть от воспаления легких familiar ~ знающий familiar ~ осведомленный familiar ~ хорошо знакомый group ~ сочетаться to mix ~ the crowd смешаться с толпой;
    to grow wiser with age становиться умнее с годами he came ~ his brother он пришел вместе с братом;
    to deal (with smb.) иметь дело (с кем-л.) her flat was gay ~ flowers цветы оживляли ее квартиру I am entirely ~ you in this в этом вопросе я с вами полностью согласен;
    to rise with the sun вставать на зорьке, вместе с солнцем it is holiday time ~ us у нас каникулы;
    things are different with me со мной дело обстоит иначе make acquainted ~ ознакомиться to mix ~ the crowd смешаться с толпой;
    to grow wiser with age становиться умнее с годами occupy oneself ~ заниматься pari passu ~ наравне с rank alongside ~ быть в одной категории с rank ~ иметь то же значение, что и rank ~ относиться к определенной категории reckon ~ принимать во внимание reckon ~ считаться rest ~ возлагать ответственность sympathize ~ симпатизировать tamper ~ заниматься поверхностно tamper ~ искажать tamper ~ оказывать тайное давление tamper ~ подделывать tamper ~ подкупать tamper ~ портить tamper ~ фальсифицировать it is holiday time ~ us у нас каникулы;
    things are different with me со мной дело обстоит иначе with pref прибавляется к глаголам со значением назад;
    to withdraw отдергивать ~ prep несмотря на;
    with all his gifts he failed несмотря на все свои таланты, он не имел успеха;
    with child беременная ~ pref прибавляется к глаголам со значением против;
    to withstand противостоять, сопротивляться ~ prep указывает на лицо, по отношению к которому совершается действие у, касательно, с(о) ~ prep указывает на обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию: with care с осторожностью;
    with thanks с благодарностью ~ prep указывает на предмет действия или орудие, с помощью которого совершается действие;
    передается тв. падежом: to adorn with flowers украшать цветами ~ prep указывает на причину от, из-за;
    to die with pneumonia умереть от воспаления легких ~ prep указывает на связь, совместность, согласованность во взглядах, пропорциональность ~ prep указывает на наличие (чего-л.), характерный признак: with no hat on без шляпы;
    with blue eyes с голубыми глазами ~ a pencil карандашом;
    to cut with a knife резать ножом ~ prep несмотря на;
    with all his gifts he failed несмотря на все свои таланты, он не имел успеха;
    with child беременная ~ prep указывает на наличие (чего-л.), характерный признак: with no hat on без шляпы;
    with blue eyes с голубыми глазами ~ prep указывает на обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию: with care с осторожностью;
    with thanks с благодарностью ~ prep несмотря на;
    with all his gifts he failed несмотря на все свои таланты, он не имел успеха;
    with child беременная ~ prep указывает на наличие (чего-л.), характерный признак: with no hat on без шляпы;
    with blue eyes с голубыми глазами ~ or without с содержанием или без ~ prep указывает на обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию: with care с осторожностью;
    with thanks с благодарностью with pref прибавляется к глаголам со значением назад;
    to withdraw отдергивать withdraw: withdraw аннулировать ~ брать назад;
    withdraw! возьмите назад свои слова!;
    to withdraw a privilege лишать привилегии ~ брать назад;
    withdraw! возьмите назад свои слова!;
    to withdraw a privilege лишать привилегии ~ брать назад ~ выходить из состава ~ забирать;
    отзывать;
    отводить (войска) ;
    to withdraw a boy from school взять мальчика из школы ~ извлекать;
    to withdraw a cigarette out of one's case извлечь сигарету из портсигара ~ изымать( монету из обращения) ~ изымать ~ (withdrew;
    withdrawn) отдергивать;
    to withdraw one's hand отдернуть руку ~ отзывать ~ отказываться ~ отменять ~ прекращать ~ снимать со счета ~ уходить, удаляться, ретироваться ~ pref прибавляется к глаголам со значением против;
    to withstand противостоять, сопротивляться withstand: withstand (withstood) противостоять, выдержать ~ (обыкн. поэт.) сопротивляться

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > with

  • 3 συνεπαίρω

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συνεπαίρω

  • 4 समुत्था _samutthā

    समुत्था 1 P.
    1 To stand up, rise.
    -2 To rise from death or insensibility, return to life or consciousness.
    -3 To rise together with.
    -4 To arise or spring from. -Caus.
    1 To raise up, lift up, elevate.
    -2 To revive, restore to life.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > समुत्था _samutthā

  • 5 अभ्युद्धा


    abhy-ud-dhā
    (2. ) Ā. (3. pl. - ujjihate) to rise together with ChUp.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अभ्युद्धा

  • 6 συνεπιτέλλω

    A rise together with, Autol.2.11, Gem.17.26, Adam.Vent.42.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συνεπιτέλλω

  • 7 ὁμορροέω

    ὁμορρο-έω, Astrol., of signs of the zodiac,
    A rise together with, τῇ Σελήνῃ Serapioin Cat.Cod.Astr.8(4).226.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁμορροέω

  • 8 get

    get [get]
    recevoir1A (a), 1A (d), 1A (g), 1A (i), 1B (b) avoir1A (a), 1A (b) toucher1A (a), 1A (b), 1B (b) trouver1A (b), 1A (h) obtenir1A (b), 1A (h) tenir1A (c) offrir1A (e) acheter1A (f) prendre1A (f), 1A (k), 1A (l) gagner1A (i) chercher1A (j) attraper1A (k), 1A (l), 1B (a) réserver1A (m) répondre1A (n) faire faire1C (b)-(d) préparer1D (a) entendre1D (b) comprendre1D (d) atteindre1E (a) devenir2A (a) se faire2A (b) commencer à2A (c), 2B (c) aller2B (a) réussir à2B (e)
    ( British pt & pp got [gɒt], cont getting [getɪŋ], American pt got [gɒt], pp gotten [gɒtən], cont getting [getɪŋ])
    A.
    (a) (receive → gift, letter, phone call) recevoir, avoir; (→ benefits, pension) recevoir, toucher; (→ medical treatment) suivre;
    I got a bike for my birthday on m'a donné ou j'ai eu ou j'ai reçu un vélo pour mon anniversaire;
    I get 'The Times' at home je reçois le 'Times' à la maison;
    this part of the country doesn't get much rain cette région ne reçoit pas beaucoup de pluie, il ne pleut pas beaucoup dans cette région;
    the living room gets a lot of sun le salon est très ensoleillé;
    I rang but I got no answer (at door) j'ai sonné mais je n'ai pas obtenu ou eu de réponse; (on phone) j'ai appelé sans obtenir de réponse;
    many students get grants beaucoup d'étudiants ont une bourse;
    he got five years for smuggling il a écopé de ou il a pris cinq ans (de prison) pour contrebande;
    he got a bullet in his shoulder il a reçu une balle dans l'épaule;
    familiar you're really going to get it! qu'est-ce que tu vas prendre ou écoper!;
    familiar I'll see that you get yours! je vais te régler ton compte!
    (b) (obtain → gen) avoir, trouver, obtenir; (→ through effort) se procurer, obtenir; (→ licence, loan, permission) obtenir; (→ diploma, grades) avoir, obtenir;
    where did you get that book? où avez-vous trouvé ce livre?;
    they got him a job ils lui ont trouvé du travail;
    I got the job! ils m'ont embauché!;
    can you get them the report? pouvez-vous leur procurer le rapport?;
    I got the idea from a book j'ai trouvé l'idée dans un livre;
    I got a glimpse of her face j'ai pu apercevoir son visage;
    you get a fine view from here il y a une vue magnifique d'ici;
    I've got six more to get (in collection) il m'en manque six;
    the town gets its water from the reservoir la ville reçoit son eau du réservoir;
    we get our wine directly from the vineyard en vin ou pour le vin, nous nous fournissons directement chez le producteur;
    they stopped in town to get some lunch (had lunch there) ils se sont arrêtés en ville pour déjeuner; (bought something to eat) ils se sont arrêtés en ville pour acheter de quoi déjeuner;
    I'm going out to get a breath of fresh air je sors prendre l'air;
    I'm going to get something to drink/eat (fetch) je vais chercher quelque chose à boire/manger; (consume) je vais boire/manger quelque chose;
    can I get a coffee? je pourrais avoir un café, s'il vous plaît?;
    get yourself a good lawyer trouvez-vous un bon avocat;
    get advice from your doctor demandez conseil à votre médecin;
    I need all the advice I can get j'ai besoin de tous les conseils qu'on peut me donner;
    to get (oneself) a wife/husband se trouver une femme/un mari;
    to get sb to oneself avoir qn pour soi tout seul;
    to get a divorce obtenir le divorce;
    get plenty of exercise faites beaucoup d'exercice;
    get plenty of sleep dormez beaucoup;
    try and get a few days off work essayez de prendre quelques jours de congé;
    I'll do it if I get the time/a moment je le ferai si j'ai le temps/si je trouve un moment;
    I got a lot from or out of my trip to China mon voyage en Chine m'a beaucoup apporté;
    she got very little from her lessons elle a très peu appris de ses leçons;
    he didn't get a chance to introduce himself il n'a pas eu l'occasion de se présenter
    (c) (inherit → characteristic) tenir;
    she gets her shyness from her father elle tient sa timidité de son père
    they got a lot of money for their flat la vente de leur appartement leur a rapporté beaucoup d'argent;
    they got a good price for the painting le tableau s'est vendu à un bon prix;
    what did you get for your car? combien est-ce que tu as vendu ta voiture?;
    he got nothing for his trouble il s'est donné de la peine pour rien;
    you don't get something for nothing on n'a rien pour rien
    (e) (offer as gift) offrir, donner;
    what did she get him for Christmas? qu'est-ce qu'elle lui a offert ou donné pour Noël?;
    I don't know what to get Jill for her birthday je ne sais pas quoi acheter à Jill pour son anniversaire
    (f) (buy) acheter, prendre;
    get your father a magazine when you go out achète une revue à ton père quand tu sortiras;
    get the paper too prends ou achète le journal aussi;
    we got the house cheap on a eu la maison (à) bon marché
    (g) (learn → information, news) recevoir, apprendre;
    we turned on the radio to get the news nous avons allumé la radio pour écouter les informations;
    she just got news or word of the accident elle vient juste d'apprendre la nouvelle de l'accident;
    he broke down when he got the news en apprenant la nouvelle il a fondu en larmes
    (h) (reach by calculation or experimentation → answer, solution) trouver; (→ result) obtenir;
    multiply 5 by 2 and you get 10 multipliez 5 par 2 et vous obtenez 10
    (i) (earn, win → salary) recevoir, gagner, toucher; (→ prize) gagner; (→ reputation) se faire;
    plumbers get £20 an hour un plombier gagne ou touche 20 livres de l'heure;
    he got a good name or a reputation as an architect il s'est fait une réputation dans le milieu de l'architecture;
    someone's trying to get your attention (calling) quelqu'un vous appelle; (waving) quelqu'un vous fait signe
    (j) (bring, fetch) (aller) chercher;
    he went and got a book from the library il est allé chercher un livre à la bibliothèque;
    go and get a doctor allez chercher un médecin;
    get me my coat va me chercher ou apporte-moi mon manteau;
    we had to get a doctor nous avons dû faire venir un médecin;
    he went to get a taxi il est parti chercher un taxi;
    what can I get you to drink? qu'est-ce que je vous sers à boire?;
    can I get you anything? (to somebody ill etc) est-ce que vous avez besoin de quelque chose?;
    they sent him to get help ils l'ont envoyé chercher de l'aide
    (k) (catch → ball) attraper; (→ bus, train) prendre, attraper;
    did you get your train? est-ce que tu as eu ton train?
    (l) (capture) attraper, prendre; (seize) prendre, saisir;
    the Mounties always get their man la police montée attrape toujours son homme (au Canada);
    he got me by the arm il m'a attrapé par le bras;
    the dog got him by the leg le chien l'a attrapé à la jambe;
    (I've) got you! je te tiens!
    (m) (book, reserve) réserver, retenir;
    we're trying to get a flight to Budapest nous essayons de réserver un vol pour Budapest
    (n) (answer → door, telephone) répondre;
    the doorbell's ringing - I'll get it! quelqu'un sonne à la porte - j'y vais!;
    will you get the phone? peux-tu répondre au téléphone?
    B.
    he got a chill il a pris ou attrapé froid;
    I get a headache when I drink red wine le vin rouge me donne mal à la tête;
    familiar to get it bad for sb avoir qn dans la peau
    (b) (experience, feel → shock) recevoir, ressentir, avoir; (→ fun, pain, surprise) avoir;
    I got the feeling something horrible would happen j'ai eu l'impression ou le pressentiment que quelque chose d'horrible allait arriver;
    I get the impression he doesn't like me j'ai l'impression que je ne lui plais pas;
    to get a thrill out of sth/doing sth prendre plaisir à qch/faire qch;
    familiar to get religion devenir croyant
    you get some odd people on these tours il y a de drôles de gens dans ces voyages organisés;
    you get a lot of people marrying young here il y a beaucoup de gens qui se marient jeunes par ici;
    we don't get many accidents here nous n'avons pas beaucoup d'accidents par ici
    C.
    (a) (with adj or past participle) (cause to be) she managed to get the window closed/open elle a réussi à fermer/ouvrir la fenêtre;
    I got the car started j'ai démarré la voiture;
    don't get your feet wet! ne te mouille pas les pieds!;
    get the suitcases ready préparez les bagages;
    the children are getting themselves ready for school les enfants se préparent pour (aller à) l'école;
    I finally got her on her own or alone j'ai fini par réussir à la voir en tête à tête;
    we managed to get him in a good mood nous avons réussi à le mettre de bonne humeur;
    they've got me so I don't know whether I'm coming or going c'en est à un tel point que je ne sais plus où j'en suis;
    to get people interested (in sth) intéresser les gens (à qch);
    let me get this clear que ce soit bien clair;
    to get things under control prendre les choses en main;
    he likes his bath as hot as he can get it il aime que son bain soit aussi chaud que possible;
    the flat is as clean as I'm going to get it j'ai nettoyé l'appartement le mieux que j'ai pu;
    he got himself nominated president il s'est fait nommer président;
    don't get yourself all worked up ne t'en fais pas
    (b) (with infinitive) (cause to do or carry out) we couldn't get her to leave on n'a pas pu la faire partir;
    get him to move the car demande-lui de déplacer la voiture;
    I got it to work, I got it working j'ai réussi à le faire marcher;
    we have to get the government to tighten up on pollution control il faut que l'on obtienne du gouvernement qu'il renforce les lois contre la pollution;
    he got the other members to agree il a réussi à obtenir l'accord des autres membres;
    I can always get someone else to do it je peux toujours le faire faire par quelqu'un d'autre;
    I got her to talk about life in China je lui ai demandé de parler de la vie en Chine;
    they can't get the landlord to fix the roof ils n'arrivent pas à obtenir du propriétaire qu'il fasse réparer le toit;
    how do you get jasmine to grow indoors? comment peut-on faire pousser du jasmin à l'intérieur?
    (c) (with past participle) (cause to be done or carried out) to get sth done/repaired faire faire/réparer qch;
    to get one's hair cut se faire couper les cheveux;
    I didn't get anything done today je n'ai rien fait aujourd'hui;
    it's impossible to get anything done around here (by oneself) il est impossible de faire quoi que ce soit ici; (by someone else) il est impossible d'obtenir quoi que ce soit ici
    (d) (cause to come, go, move)
    how are you going to get this package to them? comment allez-vous leur faire parvenir ce paquet?;
    they eventually got all the boxes downstairs/upstairs ils ont fini par descendre/monter toutes leurs boîtes;
    I managed to get the old man downstairs/upstairs j'ai réussi à faire descendre/monter le vieil homme;
    I managed to get him away from the others j'ai réussi à l'éloigner des autres;
    get him away from me débarrassez-moi de lui;
    can you get me home? pouvez-vous me raccompagner?;
    they got her to the airport on time ils l'ont amenée à l'aéroport à l'heure;
    his friends managed to get him home ses amis ont réussi à le ramener (à la maison);
    how are we going to get the bike home? comment est-ce qu'on va ramener le vélo à la maison?;
    I got a message to them je leur ai fait parvenir un message;
    he can't get the children to bed il n'arrive pas à mettre les enfants au lit;
    I can't get my boots off/on je n'arrive pas à enlever/mettre mes bottes;
    we couldn't get the bed through the door nous n'avons pas pu faire passer le lit par la porte;
    figurative where has all this got us? où est-ce que tout ça nous a menés?;
    this is getting us nowhere ça ne nous mène nulle part, ça ne nous mène à rien;
    that won't get you very far! ça ne te servira pas à grand-chose!, tu ne seras pas beaucoup plus avancé!
    D.
    (a) (prepare → meal, drink) préparer;
    he's in the kitchen getting dinner il est à la cuisine en train de préparer le dîner;
    who's going to get the children breakfast? qui va préparer le petit déjeuner pour les enfants?;
    she got herself some breakfast elle s'est préparé un petit déjeuner
    (b) (hear correctly) entendre, saisir;
    I didn't get his name je n'ai pas saisi son nom
    I got her father on the phone j'ai parlé à son père ou j'ai eu son père au téléphone;
    I couldn't get her at the office je n'ai pas pu l'avoir au bureau;
    did you get the number you wanted? avez-vous obtenu le numéro que vous vouliez?;
    get me extension 3500 passez-moi ou donnez-moi le poste 3500
    (d) familiar (understand) comprendre, saisir ;
    I don't get it, I don't get the point je ne comprends ou ne saisis pas, je n'y suis pas du tout;
    I don't get you or your meaning je ne comprends pas ce que vous voulez dire;
    if you get my meaning si tu vois ce que je veux dire ;
    don't get me wrong comprenez-moi bien;
    I think he's got the message now je crois qu'il a compris maintenant;
    I don't get the joke je ne vois pas ce qui est (si) drôle ;
    get it?, get me?, get my drift? tu saisis?, tu piges?;
    (I've) got it! ça y est!, j'y suis! ;
    oh, I get you! ah! j'ai pigé!
    (e) (take note of) remarquer;
    did you get his address? lui avez-vous demandé son adresse?
    get him! who does he think he is? vise un peu ce mec, mais pour qui il se prend?;
    get (a load of) that! vise un peu ça!
    (g) familiar (listen to) écouter ;
    get a load of this! écoute un peu ça!;
    get him! écoute-le, celui-là!;
    E.
    (a) familiar (hit) atteindre ; (hit and kill) tuer ;
    she got him in the face with a pie elle lui a jeté une tarte à la crème à la figure;
    the bullet got him in the back il a pris la balle ou la balle l'a atteint dans le dos;
    a car got him il a été tué par une voiture
    (b) familiar (harm, punish)
    everyone's out to get me tout le monde est après moi
    (c) familiar (take vengeance on) se venger de ;
    we'll get you for this! on te revaudra ça!;
    I'll get him for that! je lui revaudrai ça!
    the pain gets me in the back j'ai des douleurs dans le dos
    that song really gets me cette chanson me fait vraiment quelque chose
    (f) familiar (baffle, puzzle)
    you've got me there alors là, aucune idée
    (g) familiar (irritate) énerver, agacer ;
    it really gets me when you're late qu'est-ce que ça peut m'énerver quand tu es en retard!
    (h) American (learn) apprendre;
    to get sth by heart apprendre qch par cœur
    (i) archaic (beget) engendrer;
    to get sb with child faire un enfant à qn
    (j) Radio & Television (signal, station) capter, recevoir
    he got his in Vietnam il est mort au Viêt Nam
    A.
    (a) (become) devenir;
    I'm getting hungry/thirsty je commence à avoir faim/soif;
    get dressed! habille-toi!;
    to get fat grossir;
    to get married se marier;
    to get divorced divorcer;
    don't get lost! ne vous perdez pas!;
    how did that vase get broken? comment se fait-il que ce vase soit cassé?;
    he got so he didn't want to go out any more il en est arrivé à ne plus vouloir sortir;
    to get old vieillir;
    it's getting late il se fait tard;
    this is getting boring ça devient ennuyeux;
    to get used to sth/doing sth s'habituer à qch/à faire qch;
    familiar will you get with it! mais réveille-toi un peu!
    to get elected se faire élire, être élu;
    suppose he gets killed et s'il se fait tuer?;
    to get drowned se noyer;
    we got paid last week on a été payés la semaine dernière;
    I'm always getting invited to parties on m'invite toujours à des soirées
    (c) (with present participle) (start) commencer à, se mettre à;
    let's get going or moving! (let's leave) allons-y!; (let's hurry) dépêchons(-nous)!, grouillons-nous!; (let's start to work) au travail!;
    I'll get going on that right away je m'y mets tout de suite;
    I can't seem to get going today je n'arrive pas à m'activer aujourd'hui;
    she got talking to the neighbours elle s'est mise à discuter avec les voisins;
    we got talking about racism nous en sommes venus à parler de racisme;
    he got to thinking about it il s'est mis à réfléchir à la question
    B.
    (a) (go) aller, se rendre; (arrive) arriver;
    when did you get home? quand es-tu rentré?;
    it's nice to get home ça fait du bien de rentrer chez soi;
    how do you get to the museum? comment est-ce qu'on fait pour aller au musée?;
    how did you get in here? comment êtes-vous entré?;
    they should get here today ils devraient arriver ici aujourd'hui;
    how did you get here? comment es-tu venu?;
    how did that bicycle get here? comment se fait-il que ce vélo se trouve ici?;
    I took the train from Madrid to get there j'ai pris le train de Madrid pour y aller;
    she's successful now but it took her a while to get there elle a une bonne situation maintenant, mais ça ne s'est pas fait du jour au lendemain;
    he got as far as buying the tickets il est allé jusqu'à acheter les billets;
    I'd hoped things wouldn't get this far j'avais espéré qu'on n'en arriverait pas là;
    are you getting anywhere with that report? il avance, ce rapport?;
    now you're getting somewhere! enfin tu avances!;
    I'm not getting anywhere or I'm getting nowhere with this project je fais du surplace avec ce projet;
    we're not getting anywhere with this meeting cette réunion est une perte de temps;
    she won't get anywhere or she'll get nowhere if she's rude to people elle n'arrivera à rien en étant grossière avec les gens;
    where's your sister got to? où est passée ta sœur?;
    where did my keys get to? où sont passées mes clés?
    he got along the ledge as best he could il a avancé le long du rebord du mieux qu'il pouvait;
    she got behind a tree elle s'est mise derrière un arbre;
    to get into bed se coucher;
    get in or into the car! monte dans la voiture!;
    get over here! viens ici!;
    we couldn't get past the truck nous ne pouvions pas passer le camion
    (c) (with infinitive) (start) commencer à, se mettre à;
    each city is getting to look like another toutes les grandes villes commencent à se ressembler;
    to get to know sb apprendre à connaître qn;
    we got to like her husband nous nous sommes mis à apprécier ou à aimer son mari;
    you'll get to like it in the end ça finira par te plaire;
    his father got to hear of the rumours son père a fini par entendre les rumeurs;
    he's getting to be known il commence à être connu, il se fait connaître;
    they got to talking about the past ils en sont venus ou ils se sont mis à parler du passé
    (d) (become) devenir;
    it's getting to be impossible to find a flat ça devient impossible de trouver un appartement;
    she may get to be president one day elle pourrait devenir ou être président un jour;
    they got to be friends ils sont devenus amis
    (e) (manage) réussir à;
    we never got to see that film nous n'avons jamais réussi à ou nous ne sommes jamais arrivés à voir ce film;
    I didn't get to speak to him in person je n'ai pas pu lui parler en personne
    he never gets to stay up late on ne le laisse jamais se coucher tard ;
    I never get to drive on ne me laisse jamais conduire
    (g) familiar (leave) se tirer;
    get! fous le camp!, tire-toi!
    3 noun
    familiar (in tennis) beau retour m
    (a) (be up and about, move around) se déplacer;
    how do you get about town? comment vous déplacez-vous en ville?;
    she gets about on crutches/in a wheelchair elle se déplace avec des béquilles/en chaise roulante;
    I don't get about much these days je ne me déplace pas beaucoup ces temps-ci
    (b) (travel) voyager;
    I get about quite a bit in my job je suis assez souvent en déplacement pour mon travail
    she certainly gets about elle connaît beaucoup de monde
    (d) (story, rumour) se répandre, circuler;
    the news or it got about that they were splitting up la nouvelle de leur séparation s'est répandue
    (a) (succeed in crossing) traverser, passer;
    the river was flooded but we managed to get across la rivière était en crue mais nous avons réussi à traverser
    our message is not getting across notre message ne passe pas
    (a) (over water, street → person) faire traverser;
    we couldn't get the supplies across (across the river) nous ne pouvions pas faire passer les vivres de l'autre côté;
    it was easy to get the people across (across the border) il était facile de faire passer les gens
    (b) (communicate) communiquer;
    I can't seem to get the idea across to them je n'arrive pas à leur faire comprendre ça;
    he managed to get his point across il a réussi à faire passer son message
    poursuivre
    (succeed) réussir, arriver;
    to get ahead in life or in the world réussir dans la vie;
    if you want to get ahead at the office, you have to work si tu veux de l'avancement au bureau, il faut que tu travailles
    (a) (fare, manage) aller;
    how are you getting along? comment vas-tu?, comment ça va?;
    she's getting along well in her new job elle se débrouille bien dans son nouveau travail;
    we can get along without him nous pouvons nous passer de lui ou nous débrouiller sans lui
    (b) (advance, progress) avancer, progresser;
    the patient is getting along nicely le patient est en bonne voie ou fait des progrès
    (c) (be on good terms) s'entendre;
    we get along fine nous nous entendons très bien, nous faisons bon ménage;
    she doesn't get along with my mother elle ne s'entend pas avec ma mère;
    she's easy to get along with elle est facile à vivre
    (d) (move away) s'en aller, partir; (go) aller, se rendre;
    it's time for me to be getting along, it's time I was getting along il est temps que je parte;
    I must be getting along to the office il faut que j'aille au bureau;
    British get along with you! (leave) va-t'en!, fiche le camp!; familiar (I don't believe you) à d'autres!
    (obstacle, problem) contourner; (law, rule) tourner;
    there's no getting around it, we'll have to tell her il n'y a pas d'autre moyen, il va falloir que nous le lui disions;
    she won't get around to reading it before tomorrow elle n'arrivera pas à (trouver le temps de) le lire avant demain;
    he finally got around to fixing the radiator il a fini par ou il est finalement arrivé à réparer le radiateur;
    it was some time before I got around to writing to her j'ai mis pas mal de temps avant de lui écrire
    (a) (reach → object, shelf) atteindre; (→ place) parvenir à, atteindre;
    I've put the pills where the children can't get at them j'ai mis les pilules là où les enfants ne peuvent pas les prendre;
    familiar just let me get at him! si jamais il me tombe sous la main!
    (b) (discover) trouver;
    to get at the truth découvrir la vérité
    (c) (mean, intend) entendre;
    I see what you're getting at je vois où vous voulez en venir;
    just what are you getting at? qu'est-ce que vous entendez par là?, où voulez-vous en venir?;
    what I'm getting at is why did she leave now? ce que je veux dire, c'est pourquoi est-elle partie maintenant?
    (d) familiar (criticize) s'en prendre à, s'attaquer à ;
    you're always getting at me tu t'en prends toujours à moi
    (e) familiar (bribe, influence) acheter, suborner ;
    the witnesses had been got at les témoins avaient été achetés
    (a) (leave) s'en aller, partir;
    she has to get away from home/her parents il faut qu'elle parte de chez elle/s'éloigne de ses parents;
    I was in a meeting and couldn't get away j'étais en réunion et je ne pouvais pas m'échapper ou m'en aller;
    will you be able to get away at Christmas? allez-vous pouvoir partir (en vacances) à Noël?;
    to get away from the daily grind échapper au train-train quotidien;
    get away from it all, come to Florida! quittez tout, venez en Floride!;
    she's gone off for a couple of weeks to get away from it all elle est partie quelques semaines loin de tout
    (b) (move away) s'éloigner;
    get away from that door! éloignez-vous ou écartez-vous de cette porte!;
    get away from me! fichez-moi le camp!
    (c) (escape) s'échapper, se sauver;
    the murderer got away l'assassin s'est échappé;
    the thief got away with all the jewels le voleur est parti ou s'est sauvé avec tous les bijoux;
    there's no getting away from or you can't get away from the fact that the other solution would have been cheaper on ne peut pas nier (le fait) que l'autre solution aurait coûté moins cher;
    you can't get away from it, there's no getting away from it c'est comme ça, on n'y peut rien
    get away (with you)! à d'autres!
    (remove → person) emmener;
    get that child away from the road! éloignez cet enfant de la route!;
    get me away from here! fais-moi sortir d'ici!;
    get your dog away from my garden! faites sortir votre chien de mon jardin!;
    they managed to get him away from the TV ils ont fini par l'arracher de devant la télévision;
    to get sth away from sb prendre qch à qn
    he got away with cheating on his taxes personne ne s'est aperçu qu'il avait fraudé le fisc;
    I can't believe you got away with it! je n'arrive pas à croire que personne ne t'ait rien dit!;
    he got away with a small fine il s'en est tiré avec une petite amende;
    that child gets away with murder on laisse tout faire à ce gamin;
    her skirt is really tiny but she gets away with it sa jupe est vraiment très courte mais elle peut se le permettre
    get back! éloignez-vous!, reculez!
    (b) (return) revenir, retourner;
    I can't wait to get back home je suis impatient de rentrer (à la maison);
    get back in bed! va te recoucher!, retourne au lit!;
    I got back in the car/on the bus je suis remonté dans la voiture/dans le bus;
    to get back to sleep se rendormir;
    to get back to work (after break) se remettre au travail; (after holiday, illness) reprendre le travail;
    things eventually got back to normal les choses ont peu à peu repris leur cours (normal);
    getting or to get back to the point pour en revenir au sujet qui nous préoccupe;
    let's get back to your basic reasons for leaving revenons aux raisons pour lesquelles vous voulez partir;
    I'll get back to you on that (call back) je vous rappelle pour vous dire ce qu'il en est; (discuss again) nous reparlerons de cela plus tard
    do you think the Democrats will get back in? croyez-vous que le parti démocrate reviendra au pouvoir?
    (a) (recover → something lost or lent) récupérer; (→ force, strength) reprendre, récupérer; (→ health, motivation) retrouver;
    he got his job back il a été repris;
    I got back nearly all the money I invested j'ai récupéré presque tout l'argent que j'avais investi;
    you'll have to get your money back from the shop il faut que vous vous fassiez rembourser par le magasin
    (b) (return) rendre;
    we have to get this book back to her il faut que nous lui rendions ce livre
    (c) (return to original place) remettre, replacer;
    I can't get it back in the box je n'arrive pas à le remettre ou le faire rentrer dans le carton;
    I want to get these suitcases back down to the cellar je veux redescendre ces valises à la cave;
    he managed to get the children back to bed il a réussi à remettre les enfants au lit
    to get one's own back (on sb) se venger (de qn)
    se venger de;
    he only said it to get back at him il n'a dit ça que pour se venger de lui
    (gen) rester à l'arrière, se laisser distancer; Sport se laisser distancer; figurative prendre du retard;
    he got behind with his work il a pris du retard dans son travail;
    we mustn't get behind with the rent il ne faut pas qu'on soit en retard pour le loyer
    (support, sympathize with) appuyer
    get by
    (a) (pass) passer;
    let me get by laissez-moi passer
    (b) (be acceptable) passer, être acceptable;
    their work just about gets by leur travail est tout juste passable ou acceptable
    (c) (manage, survive) se débrouiller, s'en sortir;
    how do you get by on that salary? comment tu te débrouilles ou tu t'en sors avec un salaire comme ça?;
    they get by as best they can ils se débrouillent ou s'en sortent tant bien que mal;
    we can get by without him nous pouvons nous passer de lui ou nous débrouiller sans lui
    can you get by the washing machine? est-ce que vous avez assez de place pour passer à côté de la machine à laver?
    (b) (escape attention of → censor, editor) échapper à;
    her film got by the censors son film a échappé à l'attention de la censure
    descendre;
    get down off that chair! descends de cette chaise!;
    may I get down (from the table)? (leave the table) puis-je sortir de table?;
    they got down on their knees ils se sont mis à genoux;
    get down! (hide) couchez-vous!; (to dog) bas les pattes!
    (a) (bring, fetch down → book from shelf etc) descendre
    (b) (reduce → temperature, inflation etc) faire baisser;
    to get one's weight down perdre du poids
    (c) (write down) noter;
    I didn't manage to get down what she said je n'ai pas réussi à noter ce qu'elle a dit
    (d) (depress) déprimer, démoraliser;
    work is really getting me down at the moment le travail me déprime vraiment en ce moment;
    this rainy weather gets him down cette pluie lui fiche le cafard;
    don't let it get you down ne te laisse pas abattre
    (e) (swallow) avaler, faire descendre
    se mettre à;
    I have to get down to balancing the books il faut que je me mette à faire les comptes;
    it's not so difficult once you get down to it ce n'est pas si difficile une fois qu'on s'y met;
    he got down to working on it this morning il s'y est mis ou s'y est attelé ce matin;
    it's hard getting down to work after the weekend c'est difficile de reprendre le travail après le week-end;
    we eventually got down to details nous avons fini par en arriver aux détails;
    when you get down to it, there's very little difference between them en fin de compte, il y a très peu de différence entre eux
    get in
    the thief got in through the window le cambrioleur est entré par la fenêtre;
    a car pulled up and she got in une voiture s'est arrêtée et elle est montée dedans;
    water had got in everywhere l'eau avait pénétré partout
    (b) (return home) rentrer;
    we got in about 4 a.m. nous sommes rentrés vers 4 heures du matin
    (c) (arrive) arriver;
    what time does your plane get in? à quelle heure ton avion arrive-t-il?
    (d) (be admitted → to club) se faire admettre; (→ to school, university) entrer, être admis ou reçu;
    he applied to Oxford but he didn't get in il voulait entrer à Oxford mais il n'a pas pu
    (e) (be elected → person) être élu; (→ party) accéder au pouvoir
    (f) familiar (become involved) participer ;
    she got in at the beginning elle est arrivée au début
    (g) (interject) glisser;
    "what about me?" she managed to get in "et moi?" réussit-elle à glisser
    I hope to get in a bit of reading on holiday j'espère pouvoir lire ou que je trouverai le temps de lire pendant mes vacances;
    she got in some last-minute revision before the exam elle a réussi à faire des révisions de dernière minute avant l'examen
    (b) (insert) faire pénétrer;
    I couldn't get a word in je n'ai pas pu placer un mot, je n'ai pas pu en placer une
    (c) (collect, gather → crops) rentrer, engranger; (→ debts) recouvrer; (→ taxes) percevoir
    I must get in some more coal je dois faire une provision de charbon;
    to get in supplies s'approvisionner
    (e) (call in → doctor, plumber) faire venir; (→ dog, cat) faire rentrer;
    shouldn't Elaine be in on this meeting? - of course, could you get her in? on n'a pas besoin d'Elaine pour cette réunion? - si, bien sûr, tu peux lui demander de venir?
    (f) (hand in, submit) rendre, remettre;
    did you get your application in on time? as-tu remis ton dossier de candidature à temps?
    (g) (cause to be admitted → to club, university) faire admettre ou accepter; (cause to be elected) faire élire
    (h) (plant → seeds) planter, semer; (→ bulbs, plants) planter
    (i) British familiar (pay for, stand) payer, offrir ;
    he got the next round in il a payé la tournée suivante
    (building) entrer dans; (vehicle) monter dans;
    he had just got in the door when the phone rang il venait juste d'arriver ou d'entrer quand le téléphone a sonné
    to get in on a deal prendre part à un marché;
    to get in on the fun se mettre de la partie
    faire participer à;
    he got me in on the deal il m'a intéressé à l'affaire
    (a) (building) entrer dans; (vehicle) monter dans
    (b) (arrive in) arriver à;
    we get into Madrid at 3 o'clock nous arrivons à Madrid à 3 heures;
    the train got into the station le train est entré en gare
    (c) (put on → dress, shirt, shoes) mettre; (→ trousers, stockings) enfiler, mettre; (→ coat) endosser;
    she got into her clothes elle a mis ses vêtements ou s'est habillée;
    can you still get into your jeans? est-ce que tu rentres encore dans ton jean?
    (d) (be admitted to → club, school, university) entrer dans;
    he'd like to get into the club il voudrait devenir membre du club;
    her daughter got into medical school sa fille a été admise dans ou est entrée dans une école de médecine;
    to get into office être élu
    he wants to get into politics il veut se lancer dans la politique;
    they got into a conversation about South Africa ils se sont mis à parler de l'Afrique du Sud;
    we got into a fight over who had to do the dishes nous nous sommes disputés pour savoir qui devait faire la vaisselle;
    this is not the moment to get into that ce n'est pas le moment de parler de ça
    (f) familiar (take up) s'intéresser à ;
    he got into Eastern religions il a commencé à s'intéresser aux religions orientales;
    it's a hard book to get into c'est un livre dans lequel il est difficile de rentrer
    he soon got into her way of doing things il s'est vite fait ou s'est vite mis à sa façon de faire les choses
    to get into debt s'endetter;
    he got into a real mess il s'est mis dans un vrai pétrin;
    the children were always getting into mischief les enfants passaient leur temps à faire des bêtises;
    I got into a real state about the test j'étais dans tous mes états à cause du test;
    she got into trouble with the teacher elle a eu des ennuis avec le professeur
    what's got into you? qu'est-ce qui te prend?, quelle mouche te pique?;
    I wonder what got into him to make him act like that je me demande ce qui l'a poussé à réagir comme ça
    to get sth into sth (faire) (r)entrer qch dans qch;
    to get the key into the lock mettre ou introduire la clef dans la serrure;
    to get an article into a paper faire accepter un article par un journal;
    to get an idea into one's head se mettre une idée en tête;
    familiar when will you get it into your thick head that I don't want to go? quand est-ce que tu vas enfin comprendre que je ne veux pas y aller?
    (b) (cause to be admitted to → club) faire entrer à; (→ school, university) faire entrer dans;
    he got his friend into the club il a permis à son ami de devenir membre du club;
    the president got his son into Harvard le président a fait entrer ou accepter ou admettre son fils à Harvard
    she got herself into a terrible state elle s'est mis dans tous ses états;
    he got them into a lot of trouble il leur a attiré de gros ennuis
    (d) (involve in) impliquer dans, entraîner dans;
    you're the one who got us into this c'est toi qui nous as embarqués dans cette histoire
    (e) familiar (make interested in) faire découvrir ; (accustom to) habituer à, faire prendre l'habitude de ;
    he got me into jazz il m'a initié au jazz
    (a) (ingratiate oneself with) s'insinuer dans ou s'attirer les bonnes grâces de, se faire bien voir de;
    they tried to get in with the new director ils ont essayé de se faire bien voir du nouveau directeur
    (b) (associate with → person, group etc) fréquenter;
    he has got in with a new gang il n'est pas plus avec la même bande;
    she got in with the wrong crowd at school elle avait de mauvaises fréquentations à l'école
    get off
    (a) (leave bus, train etc) descendre;
    get off at the next stop descendez au prochain arrêt;
    familiar I told him where to get off! je l'ai envoyé sur les roses!, je l'ai envoyé promener!;
    familiar where do you get off telling me what to do? qu'est-ce qui te prend de me dicter ce que je dois faire?
    (b) (depart → person) s'en aller, partir; (→ car) démarrer; (→ plane) décoller; (→ letter, parcel) partir;
    I have to be getting off to work il faut que j'aille au travail;
    figurative the project got off to a bad/good start le projet a pris un mauvais/bon départ
    (c) (leave work) finir, s'en aller; (take time off) se libérer;
    what time do you get off? à quelle heure finissez-vous?;
    can you get off early tomorrow? peux-tu quitter le travail de bonne heure demain?
    (d) (escape punishment) s'en sortir, s'en tirer, en être quitte;
    she didn't think she'd get off so lightly elle n'espérait pas s'en tirer à si bon compte;
    the students got off with a fine/warning les étudiants en ont été quittes pour une amende/un avertissement
    hey! get off! that's MY book! hé! laisse ça! c'est mon livre ou c'est à moi ce livre!
    (f) (go to sleep) s'endormir
    (a) (leave → bus, train, plane etc) descendre de
    (b) (descend from → bike, wall, chair etc) descendre de;
    he got off his horse il est descendu de cheval;
    if only the boss would get off my back si seulement le patron me fichait la paix
    (c) (depart from) partir de, décamper de;
    get off my property fichez le camp de chez moi;
    get off the grass! ne marche pas sur la pelouse!;
    we got off the road to let the ambulance pass nous sommes sortis de la route pour laisser passer l'ambulance
    get off me! laisse-moi tranquille!, lâche-moi!
    (e) (escape from) se libérer de; (avoid) échapper à;
    she managed to get off work elle a réussi à se libérer;
    how did you get off doing the housework? comment as-tu fait pour échapper au ménage?
    (a) (cause to leave, climb down) faire descendre;
    get the cat off the table fais descendre le chat de (sur) la table;
    the conductor got the passengers off the train le conducteur a fait descendre les passagers du train;
    figurative try to get her mind off her troubles essaie de lui changer les idées
    (b) (send) envoyer, faire partir;
    I want to get this letter off je veux expédier cette lettre ou mettre cette lettre à la poste;
    she got the boys off to school elle a expédié ou envoyé les garçons à l'école;
    we got him off on the morning train nous l'avons mis au train du matin
    (c) (remove → clothing, lid) enlever, ôter; (→ stains) faire partir ou disparaître, enlever;
    I can't get this ink off my hands je n'arrive pas à faire partir cette encre de mes mains;
    get your hands off that cake! ne touche pas à ce gâteau!;
    get your hands off me! ne me touche pas!;
    get your feet off the table! enlève tes pieds de sur la table!;
    figurative he'd like to get that house off his hands il aimerait bien se débarrasser de cette maison
    (d) (free from punishment) tirer d'affaire; (in court) faire acquitter;
    he'll need a good lawyer to get him off il lui faudra un bon avocat pour se tirer d'affaire;
    to get sb off doing sth dispenser qn de faire qch
    (e) (put to sleep) endormir;
    I've just managed to get the baby off (to sleep) je viens de réussir à endormir le bébé
    to get a day/week off prendre un jour/une semaine de congé;
    can you get tomorrow afternoon/next week off? est-ce que tu peux prendre un congé demain après-midi/la semaine prochaine?
    to get sth off sb obtenir qch de qn;
    I got that story off the woman next door je tiens cette histoire de la voisine;
    I got this cold off the woman next door la voisine m'a passé son rhume
    he gets off on pornographic films il prend son pied en regardant des films pornos;
    is that what you get off on? c'est comme ça que tu prends ton pied?;
    figurative he gets off on teasing people il adore taquiner les gens ;
    I really get off on hip-hop! j'adore le hip-hop!
    he gets off on heroin il se défonce à l'héroïne
    to get off with sb faire une touche avec qn
    get on
    (a) (on bus, plane, train) monter; (on ship) monter à bord
    (b) (fare, manage)
    how's your husband getting on? comment va votre mari?;
    how did he get on at the interview? comment s'est passé son entretien?, comment ça a marché pour son entretien?;
    you'll get on far better if you think about it first tout ira mieux si tu réfléchis avant
    (c) (make progress) avancer, progresser;
    Jennifer is getting on very well in maths Jennifer se débrouille très bien en maths;
    how's your work getting on? ça avance, ton travail?
    (d) (succeed) réussir, arriver;
    to get on in life or in the world faire son chemin ou réussir dans la vie;
    some say that in order to get on, you often have to compromise il y a des gens qui disent que pour réussir (dans la vie), il faut souvent faire des compromis
    (e) (continue) continuer;
    we must be getting on il faut que nous partions;
    do you think we can get on with the meeting now? croyez-vous que nous puissions poursuivre notre réunion maintenant?;
    get on with your work! allez! au travail!;
    they got on with the job ils se sont remis au travail
    (f) (be on good terms) s'entendre;
    my mother and I get on well je m'entends bien avec ma mère;
    they don't get on ils ne s'entendent pas;
    she's never got on with him elle ne s'est jamais entendue avec lui;
    to be difficult/easy to get on with être difficile/facile à vivre
    (g) (grow late → time)
    time's getting on il se fait tard;
    it was getting on in the evening, the evening was getting on la soirée tirait à sa fin
    (h) (grow old → person) se faire vieux (vieille);
    she's getting on (in years) elle commence à se faire vieille
    get on with it! (continue speaking) continuez!; (continue working) allez! au travail!; (hurry up) mais dépêchez-vous enfin!;
    familiar get on with you! (I don't believe you) à d'autres!
    (bus, train) monter dans; (plane) monter dans, monter à bord de; (ship) monter à bord de; (bed, horse, table, bike) monter sur;
    he got on his bike il est monté sur ou il a enfourché son vélo;
    get on your feet levez-vous, mettez-vous debout;
    how did these papers get on my desk? comment est-ce que ces papiers se sont retrouvés ou sont arrivés sur mon bureau?;
    figurative it took the patient a while to get (back) on his feet le patient a mis longtemps à se remettre
    (a) (help onto → bus, train) faire monter dans; (→ bed, bike, horse, table) faire monter sur;
    they got him on his feet ils l'ont mis debout;
    figurative the doctor got her on her feet le médecin l'a remise sur pied
    (b) (coat, gloves, shoes) mettre, enfiler; (lid) mettre;
    I can't get these trousers on any more je n'entre plus dans ce pantalon
    to get it on (with sb) (have sex) s'envoyer en l'air (avec qn); (fight) se friter (avec qn);
    to get it on (get started) s'y mettre
    the president is getting on for sixty le président approche de la soixantaine ou a presque soixante ans;
    it's getting on for midnight il est presque minuit, il n'est pas loin de minuit;
    it's getting on for three weeks since we saw her ça va faire bientôt trois semaines que nous ne l'avons pas vue;
    there were getting on for ten thousand demonstrators il n'y avait pas loin ou il y avait près de dix mille manifestants
    to get onto a subject or onto a topic aborder un sujet;
    how did we get onto reincarnation? comment est-ce qu'on en est venus à parler de réincarnation?;
    I'll get right onto it! je vais m'y mettre tout de suite!
    (c) (contact) prendre contact avec, se mettre en rapport avec; (speak to) parler à; (call) téléphoner à, donner un coup de fil à
    (d) familiar (become aware of) découvrir ;
    the plan worked well until the police got onto it le plan marchait bien jusqu'à ce que la police tombe dessus
    (e) (nag, rebuke) harceler;
    his father is always getting onto him to find a job son père est toujours à le harceler pour qu'il trouve du travail
    he got onto the school board il a été élu au conseil d'administration de l'école
    (a)
    (b) (cause to talk about) faire parler de, amener à parler de;
    we got him onto (the subject of) his activities in the Resistance nous l'avons amené à parler de ses activités dans la Résistance
    get out
    (a) (leave building, room etc) sortir; (leave vehicle) descendre; (leave organization, town) quitter;
    he got out of the car il est sorti de la voiture;
    to get out of bed se lever, sortir de son lit;
    you'd better get out of here tu ferais bien de partir ou sortir;
    get out! sortez!;
    get out of here! (leave) sortez d'ici!; American familiar (I don't believe it) mon œil!;
    to get out while the going is good partir au bon moment
    (b) (go out) sortir;
    they don't get out much ils ne sortent pas beaucoup
    (c) (be released from prison, hospital) sortir
    (d) (information, news) se répandre, s'ébruiter;
    the secret got out le secret a été éventé
    (e) (escape) s'échapper;
    the prisoner got out of his cell le prisonnier s'est échappé de sa cellule;
    he was lucky to get out alive il a eu de la chance de s'en sortir vivant
    theaters were getting out les gens sortaient des théâtres
    (a) (bring out → champagne, furniture, books, car) sortir; (person) (faire) sortir;
    to get a book out from the library emprunter un livre à la bibliothèque
    (b) (produce, publish → book) publier, sortir; (→ list) établir, dresser
    (c) (speak with difficulty) prononcer, sortir;
    I could barely get a word out c'est à peine si je pouvais dire ou prononcer ou sortir un mot;
    familiar to get out from under s'en sortir, s'en tirer
    (d) (free → hostages etc) libérer
    (e) (remove) enlever; (nail etc) arracher; (cork) retirer; (stain) faire disparaître
    (f) Sport (in cricket → batsman) renverser le guichet à
    (a) (leave → building) sortir de; (car, train) descendre de;
    let's get out of here partons d'ici;
    he managed to get out of the country (criminal, refugee) il a réussi à quitter le pays;
    to get out of bed se lever;
    to get out of prison/the army sortir de prison/quitter l'armée;
    to get out of sb's way s'écarter du chemin de qn, faire place à qn;
    very familiar get the hell out of here! fiche(-moi) le camp!
    (b) (avoid) éviter, échapper à; (obligation) se dérober ou se soustraire à;
    how did you get out of doing the dishes? comment as-tu pu échapper à la vaisselle?;
    he tried to get out of helping me il a essayé de se débrouiller pour ne pas devoir m'aider;
    we have to go, there's no getting out of it il faut qu'on y aille, il n'y a rien à faire ou il n'y a pas moyen d'y échapper;
    there's no getting out of it, you were the better candidate il faut le reconnaître ou il n'y a pas à dire, vous étiez le meilleur candidat
    to get out of trouble se tirer d'affaire;
    they managed to get out of the clutches of the mafia ils ont réussi à se tirer des griffes de la mafia;
    how can I get out of this mess? comment puis-je me tirer de ce pétrin?
    to get out of (the habit of) doing sth perdre l'habitude de faire qch
    (a) (take out of) sortir de;
    get the baby out of the house every now and then sors le bébé de temps en temps;
    she got a handkerchief out of her handbag elle a sorti un mouchoir de son sac à main;
    how many books did you get out of the library? combien de livres as-tu emprunté à ou sorti de la bibliothèque?
    the lawyer got his client out of jail l'avocat a fait sortir son client de prison;
    figurative the phone call got her out of having to talk to me le coup de fil lui a évité d'avoir à me parler;
    he'll never get himself out of this one! il ne s'en sortira jamais!;
    my confession got him out of trouble ma confession l'a tiré d'affaire
    (c) (extract → cork) sortir de; (→ nail, splinter) enlever de; (→ stain) faire partir de, enlever de;
    I can't get the cork out of the bottle je n'arrive pas à déboucher la bouteille;
    the police got a confession/the truth out of him la police lui a arraché une confession/la vérité;
    we got the money out of him nous avons réussi à obtenir l'argent de lui;
    I can't get anything out of him je ne peux rien tirer de lui;
    I can't get the idea out of my mind je ne peux pas chasser cette idée de mon esprit
    (d) (gain from) gagner, retirer;
    to get a lot out of sth tirer (un) grand profit de qch;
    I didn't get much out of that class ce cours ne m'a pas apporté grand-chose, je n'ai pas retiré grand-chose de ce cours;
    the job was difficult but she got something out of it la tâche était difficile, mais elle y a trouvé son compte ou en a tiré profit
    (a) (cross → river, street) traverser, franchir; (→ fence, wall) franchir, passer par-dessus
    (b) (recover from → illness) se remettre de, guérir de; (→ accident) se remettre de; (→ loss) se remettre de, se consoler de;
    I'll never get over her je ne l'oublierai jamais;
    he can't get over her death il n'arrive pas à se remettre de sa mort ou disparition;
    we couldn't get over our surprise nous n'arrivions pas à nous remettre de notre surprise;
    I can't get over how much he's grown! qu'est-ce qu'il a grandi, je n'en reviens pas!;
    I can't get over it! je n'en reviens pas!;
    he couldn't get over the fact that she had come back il n'en revenait pas qu'elle soit revenue;
    I can't get over your having refused je n'en reviens pas que vous ayez refusé;
    he'll get over it! il n'en mourra pas!
    (c) (master, overcome → obstacle) surmonter; (→ difficulty) surmonter, venir à bout de;
    they soon got over their shyness ils ont vite oublié ou surmonté leur timidité
    (a) (cause to cross) faire traverser
    (b) (communicate → idea, message) faire passer
    (a) (cross) traverser;
    to get over to France/America aller en France/Amérique;
    we'll try to get over next weekend (to visit) nous essayerons de venir vous voir le week-end prochain
    (b) (idea, message) passer
    (finish with) en finir avec;
    let's get it over with finissons-en;
    I expect you'll be glad to get it over with j'imagine que vous serez soulagé quand ce sera terminé
    (b) (exhibition, museum) faire le tour de; (corner) passer
    (bring, take) I'll get the books round (to you) as soon as I can je t'apporterai les livres dès que je le pourrai
    (b) the doctor said she'd get round as soon as she could le docteur a dit qu'elle viendrait ou passerait dès qu'elle pourrait;
    I didn't manage to get round to each pupil in the class je n'ai pas réussi à m'occuper de chaque élève de la classe
    the road was blocked and no one could get through la route était bloquée et personne ne pouvait passer;
    they managed to get through to the wounded ils ont réussi à parvenir jusqu'aux blessés;
    the letter got through to her la lettre lui est parvenue;
    the message didn't get through le message n'est pas arrivé;
    despite the crowds, I managed to get through malgré la foule, j'ai réussi à passer
    (b) (candidate, student → succeed) réussir; (→ in exam) être reçu, réussir;
    the team got through to the final l'équipe s'est classée pour la finale
    (c) (bill, motion) passer, être adopté ou voté
    (d) (make oneself understood) se faire comprendre;
    I can't seem to get through to her elle et moi ne sommes pas sur la même longueur d'onde
    (e) (contact) contacter; Telecommunications obtenir la communication;
    I can't get through to his office je n'arrive pas à avoir son bureau
    (f) American (finish) finir, terminer;
    call me when you get through appelez-moi quand vous aurez ou avez fini
    (a) (come through → hole, window) passer par; (→ crowd) se frayer un chemin à travers ou dans; (→ military lines) percer, franchir
    (b) (survive → storm, winter) survivre à; (→ difficulty) se sortir de, se tirer de;
    he got through it alive il s'en est sorti (vivant)
    (c) (complete, finish → book) finir, terminer; (→ job, project) achever, venir à bout de;
    I got through an enormous amount of work j'ai abattu beaucoup de travail;
    it took us one week to get through the entire play il nous a fallu une semaine pour venir à bout de la pièce
    (d) (consume, use up) consommer, utiliser;
    we get through a litre of olive oil a week nous utilisons un litre d'huile d'olive par semaine;
    they got through their monthly salary in one week en une semaine ils avaient dépensé tout leur salaire du mois;
    he gets through eight shirts a week il salit huit chemises par semaine;
    we'll never get through all this food nous ne viendrons jamais à bout de toute cette nourriture
    (e) (endure, pass → time) faire passer;
    how will I get through this without you? comment pourrai-je vivre cette épreuve sans toi?;
    they got through the day without a single argument ils ne se sont pas disputés une seule fois de toute la journée;
    the Government may have difficulty getting through another six months le gouvernement aura peut-être du mal à tenir encore six mois
    (f) (exam) réussir, être reçu à
    (g) (of bill, motion) passer;
    the bill got through both Houses le projet de loi a été adopté par les deux Chambres
    (a) (transport, send successfully) faire parvenir;
    they got the food supplies through ils ont réussi à faire parvenir les provisions alimentaires (à destination);
    to get sth through customs (faire) passer qch à la douane;
    you'll never get that desk through tu n'arriveras jamais à faire passer ce bureau
    (b) (transmit → message) faire passer, transmettre, faire parvenir;
    can you get this letter through to my family? pouvez-vous transmettre ou faire parvenir cette lettre à ma famille?
    I finally got it through to him that I wasn't interested j'ai fini par lui faire comprendre que je n'étais pas intéressé;
    familiar when will you get it through your thick head that I don't want to go? quand est-ce que tu vas enfin comprendre que je ne veux pas y aller?
    (d) (bill, motion) faire adopter, faire passer;
    the party got the bill through the Senate le parti a fait voter ou adopter le projet de loi par le Sénat
    it was your essay that got you through (the exam) c'est grâce à ta dissertation que tu as réussi l'examen
    I need four cups of coffee to get me through the day il me faut mes quatre tasses de café par jour
    terminer, finir
    (a) (reach) arriver à;
    where have you got to? (in book, work) où en es-tu?;
    it got to the point where he couldn't walk another step il en est arrivé au point de ne plus pouvoir faire un pas
    (b) (deal with) s'occuper de;
    I'll get to you in a minute je suis à toi ou je m'occupe de toi dans quelques secondes;
    he'll get to it tomorrow il va s'en occuper demain
    that music really gets to me (moves me) cette musique me touche vraiment ; (annoys me) cette musique me tape sur le système;
    don't let it get to you! ne t'énerve pas pour ça!
    they got to the witness (bribed) ils ont acheté le témoin; (killed) ils ont descendu le témoin
    (a) (meet) se réunir, se rassembler;
    can we get together after the meeting? on peut se retrouver après la réunion?
    (b) (reach an agreement) se mettre d'accord;
    the committee got together on the date les membres du comité se sont entendus ou se sont mis d'accord sur la date;
    you'd better get together with him on the proposal vous feriez bien de vous entendre avec lui au sujet de la proposition
    (people) réunir, rassembler; (things) rassembler, ramasser; (thoughts) rassembler;
    to get some money together réunir une somme d'argent;
    let me get my thoughts together laissez-moi rassembler mes idées;
    familiar to get one's act together se secouer;
    familiar she's really got it together (in life) elle sait ce qu'elle fait ; (in job etc) elle domine son sujet ;
    familiar I never thought he would get it together je n'aurais jamais pensé qu'il y arriverait
    get up
    (a) (arise from bed) se lever;
    it was 6 o'clock when we got up il était 6 heures quand nous nous sommes levés;
    I like to get up late on Sundays j'aime faire la grasse matinée le dimanche;
    get up! sors du lit!, debout!, lève-toi!
    (b) (rise to one's feet) se lever, se mettre debout;
    she had to get up from her chair elle a été obligée de se lever de sa chaise;
    to get up from the table se lever ou sortir de table;
    get up off the floor! relève-toi!;
    please don't bother getting up restez assis, je vous prie
    (c) (climb up) monter;
    they got up on the roof ils sont montés sur le toit;
    she got up behind him on the motorcycle elle est montée derrière lui sur la moto
    (d) (of wind) se lever
    get up! allez!
    (stairs) monter; (ladder, tree) monter à; (hill) gravir
    (a) (cause to rise to feet) faire lever; (awaken) réveiller
    (b) (move up) monter;
    how are we going to get this desk up to the fifth floor? comment allons-nous monter ce bureau jusqu'au cinquième étage?;
    to get sb up the stairs (help climb) aider qn à monter l'escalier
    (c) (generate, work up)
    to get up speed gagner de la vitesse;
    to get one's courage up rassembler son courage;
    I can't get up any enthusiasm for the job je n'arrive pas à éprouver d'enthousiasme pour ce travail
    (d) familiar (organize → entertainment, party) organiser, monter ; (→ petition) organiser ; (→ play) monter ; (→ excuse, story) fabriquer, forger
    (e) (dress up) habiller; (in costume) déguiser;
    their children are always so nicely got up leurs enfants sont toujours si bien habillés;
    to get oneself up se mettre sur son trente et un
    (f) familiar (study → subject) bûcher, travailler ; (→ notes, speech) préparer
    to get it up bander
    (a) (do) faire;
    he gets up to all kinds of mischief il fait des tas de bêtises;
    what have you been getting up to lately? qu'est-ce que tu deviens?
    I've got up to chapter 5 j'en suis au chapitre 5;
    where have you got up to? (in book, work) où en êtes-vous?

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > get

  • 9 meet

    I [miːt]
    1) sport riunione f., raduno m., incontro m.

    track meetAE meeting d'atletica

    2) BE venat. = raduno di cacciatori prima di una battuta di caccia
    II 1. [miːt]
    verbo transitivo (pass., p.pass. met)
    1) (encounter) incontrare [ person]; incontrare, affrontare [ team]; affrontare [ enemy]

    to meet one's deathfig. trovare la morte

    2) (make acquaintance of) conoscere, fare la conoscenza di [ person]

    "pleased to meet you!" — "piacere (di conoscerla)!"

    Paul, meet Bob — (as introduction) Paul ti presento Bob

    3) (await) aspettare, attendere; (fetch) andare a prendere

    to meet sb. off — BE o

    at — AE

    the plane — aspettare qcn. all'aeroporto

    4) (come into contact with) incontrare, incrociare

    his eyes met hers — il suo sguardo incontrò quello di lei, i loro sguardi si incrociarono

    5) (fulfil) soddisfare [criteria, conditions]; eseguire [ order]; provvedere a, rispondere a [ needs]; pagare, saldare [ bills]; fare fronte a [costs, debts]; compensare [ loss]; fare onore a, fare fronte a [obligations, commitments]
    6) (rise to) rispondere a [ standards]; essere all'altezza di [ challenge]
    7) (respond to) controbattere [ criticism]
    2.
    verbo intransitivo (pass., p.pass. met)
    1) (come together) [ people] incontrarsi; [ teams] affrontarsi, scontrarsi; [committee, parliament] incontrarsi, riunirsi; [ cars] incrociarsi

    to meet again — [ people] rivedersi, incontrarsi ancora

    goodbye, till we meet again! — arrivederci! alla prossima volta!

    2) (make acquaintance) [ people] fare conoscenza, conoscersi
    3) (come into contact) [ lips] toccarsi; [roads, eyes] incontrarsi, incrociarsi
    ••

    there's more to this than meets the eye — c'è sotto più di quanto appaia, c'è sotto qualcos'altro

    to make ends meet — sbarcare il lunario, fare quadrare i conti

    * * *
    [mi:t] 1. past tense, past participle - met; verb
    1) (to come face to face with (eg a person whom one knows), by chance: She met a man on the train.) incontrare
    2) ((sometimes, especially American, with with) to come together with (a person etc), by arrangement: The committee meets every Monday.) riunirsi
    3) (to be introduced to (someone) for the first time: Come and meet my wife.) fare la conoscenza di
    4) (to join: Where do the two roads meet?) incontrarsi
    5) (to be equal to or satisfy (eg a person's needs, requirements etc): Will there be sufficient stocks to meet the public demand?) soddisfare
    6) (to come into the view, experience or presence of: A terrible sight met him / his eyes when he opened the door.) incontrare
    7) (to come to or be faced with: He met his death in a car accident.) incontrare
    8) ((with with) to experience or suffer; to receive a particular response: She met with an accident; The scheme met with their approval.) avere; ricevere
    9) (to answer or oppose: We will meet force with greater force.) rispondere a
    2. noun
    (a gathering, especially of sportsmen: The local huntsmen are holding a meet this week.) riunione
    - meet someone halfway
    - meet halfway
    * * *
    meet (1) /mi:t/
    n.
    2 ( USA) riunione ( sportiva); meeting: track meet, meeting d'atletica
    3 ( slang USA) appuntamento; incontro (spec. furtivo o illegale).
    meet (2) /mi:t/
    a.
    (arc.) conveniente; opportuno; appropriato; adatto.
    ♦ (to) meet /mi:t/
    (pass. e p. p. met)
    A v. t.
    1 incontrare; andare (o venire) incontro a; andare all'arrivo di; imbattersi in: to meet sb. by appointment, incontrare q. su appuntamento; I'll meet you at the station, ti verrò incontro (o a prendere) alla stazione; I met my old boyfriend in the street, m'imbattei nel mio ex fidanzato per la strada; DIALOGO → - Organizing a meeting- Why don't I meet you by the coffee machine in five minutes?, perché non ci vediamo al distributore di caffè tra cinque minuti?
    2 conoscere; fare la conoscenza di; essere presentato a: I met him in Rome, lo conobbi a Roma; I knew him by sight but I'd never met him before, lo conoscevo di vista ma non gli ero mai stato presentato fino ad allora; DIALOGO → - Greetings and other useful phrases- Pleased to meet you, lieto di fare la Sua conoscenza; «piacere!» NOTA D'USO: - to know o to meet?-
    3 affrontare; far fronte a; fronteggiare; rispondere a; controbattere: to meet the enemy, affrontare il nemico; I met her criticism with a laugh, risposi con una risata alle sue critiche
    4 venire incontro a (fig.); conformarsi a; soddisfare: to meet sb. 's wishes, venire incontro ai desideri di q.; to meet a requirement [a demand], soddisfare un requisito [una richiesta]
    5 (fig.) far fronte a; saldare (fig.): to meet one's commitments (o engagements) far fronte ai propri impegni; to meet the gap between home production and domestic demand, colmare il divario fra la produzione e la domanda interne
    6 (comm.) far onore a; onorare; pagare: to meet a bill at maturity, pagare (o onorare) una cambiale alla scadenza
    7 ( sport: boxe, ecc.) incontrare, battersi con ( un avversario); ( calcio, ecc.) incontrare, disputare un incontro con
    8 ( calcio, ecc.) portarsi su ( un pallone); ricevere ( un passaggio): to meet the ball, andare incontro al pallone
    B v. i.
    1 incontrarsi; trovarsi; vedersi: We met ( each other) unexpectedly, ci siamo incontrati per caso; When shall we meet again?, quando ci rivedremo?
    2 far conoscenza; conoscersi: We met last summer, ci siamo conosciuti l'estate scorsa; They'd met before, si conoscevano già
    3 ( anche to meet together) radunarsi; riunirsi; raccogliersi: The demonstrators met in the square, i manifestanti si radunarono nella piazza
    4 ( d'eserciti, ecc.) affrontarsi ( in campo); scontrarsi
    5 ( sport: calcio, boxe, ecc.) disputare un incontro; battersi; sfidarsi; giocare: to meet in the final, disputare la finale; to meet in the playoffs, giocare una partita di spareggio
    ● (comm.) to meet competition, sostenere la concorrenza □ (econ.) to meet demand, soddisfare la domanda □ to meet an expense, sostenere una spesa □ to meet the eye, saltare all'occhio □ to meet sb. 's eye, incontrare lo sguardo di q.; sostenere lo sguardo di q. to meet sb. halfway, incontrare q. a mezza strada; (fig.) venire incontro a q., venire a un compromesso con q. □ ( sport) to meet the leaders, incontrare i primi in classifica, giocare contro la capolista □ ( anche sport) to meet one's match, incontrare un avversario temibile; trovare pane per i propri denti (fig.) □ ( di un proiettile, ecc.) to meet the target, colpire il bersaglio □ (fig.) to make ( both) ends meet, sbarcare il lunario; far quadrare il bilancio familiare □ ( USA) Meet Mr Jones!, Le presento il signor Jones.
    * * *
    I [miːt]
    1) sport riunione f., raduno m., incontro m.

    track meetAE meeting d'atletica

    2) BE venat. = raduno di cacciatori prima di una battuta di caccia
    II 1. [miːt]
    verbo transitivo (pass., p.pass. met)
    1) (encounter) incontrare [ person]; incontrare, affrontare [ team]; affrontare [ enemy]

    to meet one's deathfig. trovare la morte

    2) (make acquaintance of) conoscere, fare la conoscenza di [ person]

    "pleased to meet you!" — "piacere (di conoscerla)!"

    Paul, meet Bob — (as introduction) Paul ti presento Bob

    3) (await) aspettare, attendere; (fetch) andare a prendere

    to meet sb. off — BE o

    at — AE

    the plane — aspettare qcn. all'aeroporto

    4) (come into contact with) incontrare, incrociare

    his eyes met hers — il suo sguardo incontrò quello di lei, i loro sguardi si incrociarono

    5) (fulfil) soddisfare [criteria, conditions]; eseguire [ order]; provvedere a, rispondere a [ needs]; pagare, saldare [ bills]; fare fronte a [costs, debts]; compensare [ loss]; fare onore a, fare fronte a [obligations, commitments]
    6) (rise to) rispondere a [ standards]; essere all'altezza di [ challenge]
    7) (respond to) controbattere [ criticism]
    2.
    verbo intransitivo (pass., p.pass. met)
    1) (come together) [ people] incontrarsi; [ teams] affrontarsi, scontrarsi; [committee, parliament] incontrarsi, riunirsi; [ cars] incrociarsi

    to meet again — [ people] rivedersi, incontrarsi ancora

    goodbye, till we meet again! — arrivederci! alla prossima volta!

    2) (make acquaintance) [ people] fare conoscenza, conoscersi
    3) (come into contact) [ lips] toccarsi; [roads, eyes] incontrarsi, incrociarsi
    ••

    there's more to this than meets the eye — c'è sotto più di quanto appaia, c'è sotto qualcos'altro

    to make ends meet — sbarcare il lunario, fare quadrare i conti

    English-Italian dictionary > meet

  • 10 tenir

    tenir [t(ə)niʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 22
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque tenir fait partie d'une locution comme tenir compagnie, tenir chaud, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       b. ( = maintenir dans un certain état) to keep
       c. ( = gérer) [+ hôtel, magasin, comptes, maison, ménage] to keep
       d. ( = détenir) to have
    si je le tenais ! just let me get my hands on him!
    parfait, je tiens mon article great, now I have my article
    qu'est-ce qu'il tient ! (inf) ( = il est ivre) he's plastered (inf!) ; ( = il est idiot) he's such an idiot!
       e. ( = contrôler) [+ enfant, classe] to have under control
       f. ( = organiser) [+ séance, réunion, conférence] to hold
       g. ( = occuper) [+ place, largeur] to take up ; [+ rôle] to have ; [+ emploi] to hold
       h. ( = contenir) [récipient] to hold
    tenir le coup [personne] to survive ; [chose] to last
    avec tout ce travail, est-ce qu'il pourra tenir le coup ? with all that work will he be able to cope?
       j. ( = respecter) [+ promesse, pari, planning] to keep to
       k. (locutions)
    tenir qn/qch pour ( = considérer comme) to regard sb/sth as
    tiens, voilà mon frère ! oh, there's my brother!
    tiens, tiens ! well, well!
    2. <
       a. ( = rester en place) [objet fixe, nœud, clou] to hold ; [objets empilés, échafaudage] to stay up
       b. ( = durer) [accord, beau temps, coiffure] to hold ; [couleur] to be fast ; [mariage, fleurs] to last
    ça tient toujours, notre pique-nique ? (inf) is our picnic still on?
       c. ( = résister) to hold out
    il fait trop chaud, on ne tient plus ici it's too hot - we can't stand it here any longer
       d. ( = pouvoir être contenu) to fit ( dans into)
    à cette table, on peut tenir à huit this table can seat eight
    3. <
    tenir à ( = être attaché à) [+ réputation, opinion de qn] to care about ; [+ objet, personne] to be fond of ; ( = avoir pour cause) to be due to
    tu veux aller au cinéma ? -- je n'y tiens pas do you want to go to the cinema? -- not particularly
    il tient à ce que nous sachions... he is anxious that we should know...
    tu viens avec nous ? -- si tu y tiens are you coming with us? -- if you really want me to
    à quoi ça tient ? why is that?
    tenir de ( = ressembler à) [+ parent] to take after
    4. <
    ( = dépendre de) to depend
    qu'à cela ne tienne ! no problem!
    5. <
       b. ( = être dans une position) se tenir debout to be standing up
    redresse-toi, tu te tiens mal stand up straight, you're slouching
       c. ( = se conduire) to behave
    se tenir mal (à table) to have bad table manners ; (en société) to behave badly
    il n'a qu'à bien se tenir ! he'd better behave himself!
       d. ( = avoir lieu) [conférence, réunion] to be held ; [festival] to take place
       e. ( = être cohérent) [raisonnement] to hold together
       f. (locutions)
    tu sais combien elle a gagné ? tiens-toi bien: 3 millions ! do you know how much she won? you won't believe it! - 3 million! s'en tenir à ( = se limiter à) to confine o.s. to ; ( = se satisfaire de) to content o.s. with
    tenez-vous-le pour dit ! (avertissement) you've been warned!
    * * *
    təniʀ
    1.
    1) ( serrer) to hold

    tiens! — ( voici) here you are!; ( écoute-moi) look!

    tiens! c'est pour toi — ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!

    2) ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [somebody] under control
    3) Armée to hold
    4) ( avoir attrapé) to hold

    je te tiens!I've caught ou got you!

    pendant que je te tiensfig whilst I've got you

    tenir une grippe — (colloq) to have flu GB ou the flu US

    5) ( posséder) to have [renseignements]
    6) ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi]; to run [boutique, maison, journal]; to be in charge of [standard, bureau d'accueil]
    7) ( garder) to keep

    ‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ — ‘keep out of reach of children’

    tenir une noteMusique to hold a note

    9) ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]
    10) ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]
    11) ( résister)

    tenir la mer[navire] to be seaworthy

    tenir le coup — (physiquement, moralement) to hold out

    tenir le choc[matériel] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain

    12) ( contenir) to hold [quantité, litres]
    13) ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]

    tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour responsable — to hold somebody/something responsible


    2.
    tenir à verbe transitif indirect

    tenir à — to be fond of, to like

    tenir à sa réputation/à la vie — to value one's reputation/one's life

    2) ( vouloir)

    3.
    tenir de verbe transitif indirect

    il a de qui tenir — (colloq) you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from


    4.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( rester en place) [attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick (à to); [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in
    2) ( résister)

    tenir (bon) — ( surmonter les conditions) to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on; Armée to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on

    il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne — (colloq) there's no question of watching television

    3) ( durer)

    la couleur n'a pas tenu — the colour [BrE] has faded

    4) ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; [alibi] to stand up
    5) ( être contenu) [personnes, objets] to fit ( dans into)

    tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur — to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough ( dans for)


    5.
    se tenir verbe pronominal
    1) ( soi-même) to hold
    3) ( s'accrocher) to hold on

    tiens-toi or tenez-vous bien — (colloq) fig prepare yourself for a shock

    4) ( demeurer)

    se tenir accroupi/allongé — to be squatting/stretched out

    se tenir tranquille — ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself

    se tenir immobile — ( debout) to stand still

    5) ( se comporter) to behave

    se tenir bien/mal — to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture

    tiens-toi droit! — ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!

    7) ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held
    8) ( être liés) [événements] to fit together
    9) ( être cohérent) [raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together

    tenez-vous le pour dit! — (colloq) I don't want to have to tell you again!

    12) ( se limiter)

    6.
    verbe impersonnel

    7.
    tiens exclamation oh!

    tiens (donc), vous voilà! — oh, there you are!

    tiens, vous croyez? — do you think so?

    tiens donc!iron fancy that!

    tiens tiens (tiens)! — well, well!

    * * *
    t(ə)niʀ
    1. vt
    1) (avec sa main) to hold

    Tu peux tenir la lampe, s'il te plaît? — Can you hold the torch, please?

    Il tenait un enfant par la main. — He was holding a child by the hand.

    2) (= gérer) [magasin, hôtel] to run
    3) [promesse, engagement] to keep
    4) (= considérer)
    5) (= occuper)
    6) (= résister à)
    7) (= garder, maintenir)

    Tenez votre chien en laisse. — Keep your dog on the lead.

    8) (= avoir reçu)

    tenir qch de qn [histoire] — to have heard sth from sb, [qualité, défaut] to have inherited sth from sb, to have got sth from sb

    2. vi
    1) (= ne pas se défaire) [noeud, joint] to hold
    2) (= ne pas disparaître) [neige, gel] to last
    3) (= résister) (= survivre) to survive

    tiens, voilà le stylo! — there's the pen!

    Tiens, c'est Alain là-bas! — Look, that's Alain over there!

    6)

    tenir à [ami, objet] — to be attached to, to care for

    Il tient beaucoup à elle. — He's very attached to her., (= avoir pour cause) to be due to, to stem from, (= dépendre de)

    tenir à faire — to really want to do, to be determined to do

    Elle tient à y aller. — She's determined to go.

    7)

    tenir de (= relever de) — to partake of, (= ressembler à) to take after

    Il tient de son père. — He takes after his father.

    * * *
    tenir verb table: venir
    A vtr
    1 ( serrer) to hold [objet, personne, animal]; tiens-moi ça hold this (for me); tiens-moi hold me; tiens-moi la main hold my hand; tenir qn par la main/le bras to hold sb's hand/arm; tenir un enfant contre sa poitrine to hold a child to one's breast; tenir qch à la main/dans ses mains to hold sth in one's hand/in one's hands; tenir un couteau par le manche to hold a knife by the handle; tenir la rampe to hold onto the banister; tenir son chien to hold one's dog; tenir fermement qch to hold sth firmly ou tightly; tenir qch serré sous le bras to hold sth firmly ou tightly under one's arm; tiens!, tenez! ( voici) here you are!; ( écoutez-moi) look!; tiens! c'est pour toi ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!; si je le tenais! if I could get or lay my hands on him!; bien tenir to hold on to [portefeuille, chien]; faire tenir une lettre/un message à qn to dispatch a letter/a message to sb; ⇒ deux;
    2 ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [sb] under control [élèves, enfants]; tenir sa classe to control one's class well; tenir son cheval Équit to keep one's horse well in hand; il nous tient he's got a hold on us;
    3 Mil (occuper, contrôler) to hold [colline, pont, ville]; tenir la première place Sport to be in first place;
    4 ( avoir attrapé) to hold [animal, coupable, meurtrier]; je te tiens! I've caught ou got you!; pendant que je te tiens fig whilst I've got you; tenir une grippe to have flu GB ou the flu US;
    5 ( posséder) to have [preuves, renseignements]; il tient le sujet de son prochain roman he's got the subject of his next novel; tenir qch de qn to get sth from sb [trait physique, caractère, information]; il tient ses yeux bleus de son père he gets his blue eyes from his father; il tient ses informations d'un ami he got his information from a friend; je tiens cette nouvelle de Paul I got this news from Paul; d'où or de qui tenez-vous ce renseignement? where did you get that information?; d'où tenez-vous cette certitude? what makes you so certain?; elle tient ses bijoux de sa mère she inherited her jewels from her mother;
    6 ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi, poste, assemblée]; to run [café, boutique, maison, journal, municipalité]; to be in charge of, to be on duty on [standard, bureau d'accueil]; bien tenir sa maison to keep one's house spick and span; tenir la comptabilité to keep the books;
    7 ( garder) to keep; tenir qn occupé to keep sb busy; tenir sa chambre propre to keep one's room tidy; tenir les aliments au frais to keep food in a cool place; ‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ ‘keep out of reach of children’; tenir un accord secret to keep an agreement secret; tenir la porte fermée to keep the door closed; tenir une note Mus to hold a note; tenir un article to carry an item; tenir les cours Fin to maintain prices;
    8 ( conserver une position) tenir sa tête droite/immobile to hold one's head upright/still; tenir les bras écartés to hold one's arms apart; tenir les mains/les bras en l'air to hold up one's hands/one's arms; tenir les yeux ouverts/baissés to keep one's eyes open/lowered; tenir les poings serrés to keep one's fists clenched;
    9 ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]; tenir la porte fermée avec son pied to hold the door shut with one's foot;
    10 ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]; to keep [rythme] ; tenir sa droite/sa gauche to keep to the right/to the left; tenir le large to stay in open waters;
    11 ( résister) ne pas tenir la comparaison not to bear comparison; tenir l'eau to be waterproof; tenir la mer [navire] to be seaworthy; tenir le coup (physiquement, moralement) to hold out; tenir le choc lit [matériel, appareil, verre] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain;
    12 ( contenir) to hold [quantité]; tenir vingt litres to hold twenty litresGB; ma voiture ne tient que deux personnes there's room for only two people in my car;
    13 ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, place, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]; tenir peu de place not to take up much room; tenir la place de deux personnes to take up as much room as two people; le monument tient le centre de la place the monument stands in the centreGB of the square;
    14 ( considérer) tenir qch pour sacré to hold sth sacred; tenir qn pour responsable to hold sb responsible; je le tiens pour un lâche I consider him (to be) a coward; je tiens mes renseignements pour exacts I consider my information to be correct; tenir qn pour mort to give sb up for dead; tenir pour certain que to regard it as certain that.
    B tenir à vtr ind
    1 ( avoir de l'attachement pour) tenir à to be fond of, to like [personne, objet]; tenir à sa réputation/à la vie to value one's reputation/one's life; il tient à son argent he can't bear to be parted from his money; tenir à son indépendance to like one's independence; tenir au corps [aliment] to be nourishing;
    2 ( vouloir) j'y tiens I insist; si vous y tenez if you insist; tenir à faire to want to do; elle tient à vous parler she insists on speaking to you; je ne tiens pas à faire I'd rather not do; tenir à ce que qn fasse to insist that sb should do; je ne tiens pas à ce qu'elle fasse I'd rather she didn't do; je tiens beaucoup à la revoir I'd really like to see her again; il tient à rentrer avant la nuit he's anxious to get home before dark; nous tenons absolument à vous avoir à dîner bientôt you really must come to dinner soon; ne reste pas si tu n'y tiens pas don't stay if you don't want to;
    3 ( être dû à) tenir à to be due to; la mauvaise récolte tient au manque d'eau the poor harvest is due to a lack of water; tes erreurs tiennent à ton inexpérience your mistakes are due to your lack of experience.
    C tenir de vtr ind
    1 ( ressembler à) tenir de to take after; tenir de sa mère/son père to take after one's mother/one's father; il a de qui tenir you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from; de qui peut-elle tenir pour être si méchante? where does she get her nastiness from?;
    2 ( s'apparenter à) tenir de to border on; tenir du délire to border on madness.
    D vi
    1 ( rester en place) [clou, attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick; [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in; tenir au mur avec de la colle/des épingles ( adhérer) to stick to the wall with glue/pins; tenir sur une jambe/un pied to stand on one leg/one foot; ces chaussures ne me tiennent pas aux pieds these shoes won't stay on my feet;
    2 ( résister) tenir (bon) ( surmonter les conditions) [personne, matériel] to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on, to hold out; Mil to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on; tenir sans cigarettes jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to last ou go without cigarettes till the end of the meeting; tenir jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to hold out until the end of the meeting; tenir économiquement to hold ou last out in economic terms; j'espère que ma voiture va tenir (bon) I hope my car will last out; on a voulu me renvoyer mais j'ai tenu (bon) they wanted to fire me but I hung on; je ne peux plus (y) tenir I can't stand it any longer; il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne there's no question of watching television;
    3 ( durer) le plan tient-il toujours? is the plan still on?; leur mariage tient encore their marriage is still holding together; le soleil n'a pas tenu longtemps the sun didn't last long; la neige tient/ne tient pas the snow is settling/is not settling; les fleurs n'ont pas tenu the flowers didn't last long; la couleur n'a pas tenu the colourGB has faded; tenir au lavage [couleur] not to run in the wash GB ou laundry US;
    4 ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; ton alibi ne tient plus your alibi no longer stands up; ‘ça tient toujours pour demain?’ ‘is it still all right for tomorrow?’;
    5 ( être contenu) [personnes, véhicule, meubles, objets] to fit (dans into); mes vêtements tiendront dans une valise my clothes will fit into one suitcase; tenir à six dans une voiture to fit six into a car; faire tenir six personnes dans une voiture to fit six people into a car; mon article tient en trois pages my article takes up only three pages; tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough (dans for); tenir en hauteur dans une pièce to fit into a room (heightwise); ne pas tenir en hauteur/largeur/longeur to be too tall/wide/long (dans for); ne pas tenir en largeur dans un espace to be too wide for a space.
    E se tenir vpr
    1 ( soi-même) [personne] to hold [tête, ventre, bras]; se tenir la tête de douleur to hold one's head in pain; se tenir la tête à deux mains to hold one's head in one's hands;
    2 ( l'un l'autre) se tenir par le bras [personnes] to be arm in arm; ils se tenaient par la taille they had their arms around each other's waists; se tenir par la main [personnes] to hold hands;
    3 ( s'accrocher) to hold on; se tenir par les pieds to hold on with one's feet; se tenir à une branche/à la rampe to hold onto a branch/onto the banisters; se tenir d'une main à qch to hold onto sth with one hand; tiens-toi or tenez-vous bien fig prepare yourself for a shock;
    4 ( demeurer) se tenir accroupi/allongé/penché/courbé/à genoux to be squatting/stretched out/leaning/bent over/kneeling; se tenir au milieu/à la porte ( debout) to be standing in the middle/at the door; se tenir caché/sans bouger/au chaud to stay hidden/still/in the warm; se tenir prêt to be ready; se tenir tranquille ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself; se tenir immobile ( debout) to stand still;
    5 ( se comporter) to behave; se tenir bien/mal to behave well/badly; savoir se tenir to know how to behave; tiens-toi bien! behave yourself!;
    6 ( avoir une posture) se tenir droit or bien/mal to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture; tiens-toi droit! ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!;
    7 ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held; la réunion se tiendra au Caire the meeting will be held in Cairo;
    8 ( être liés) [événements] to fit together;
    9 ( être cohérent) [exposé, raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together; il n'y a rien à dire, tout se tient there's nothing to be said, it all holds together; ça se tient it makes sense;
    10 ( se considérer) se tenir pour to consider oneself to be; je me tiens pour satisfait des résultats I consider myself to be satisfied with the results; tenez-vous le pour dit! I don't want to have to tell you again!;
    11 ( être fidèle) s'en tenir à to stand by; je m'en tiendrai à ma promesse/notre accord/leur décision I will stand by my promise/our agreement/their decision;
    12 ( se limiter) s'en tenir à to keep to; s'en tenir au minimum/au sujet to keep to a minimum/to the point; s'en tenir aux ordres to stick to orders; s'en tenir là to leave it there; ne pas savoir à quoi s'en tenir avec qn/qch not to know what to make of sb/sth.
    F v impers il ne tient qu'à toi de partir it's up to you to decide whether to leave; qu'à cela ne tienne! never mind!
    G tiens excl oh!; tiens (donc), vous voilà! oh, there you are!; tiens, je parie que c'est ta mère! oh! I bet it's your mother; tiens, vous croyez? do you think so?; tiens, tu es invité aussi? oh! so you've been invited as well?; tiens, tu n'étais pas au courant? didn't you know?; tiens donc! iron fancy that!; tiens tiens (tiens)! well, well!
    en tenir pour qn to have a crush on sb.
    [tənir] verbe transitif
    A.[AVOIR DANS LES MAINS]
    1. [retenir] to hold (on to)
    2. [manier] to hold
    tu tiens mal ta raquette/ton arc you're not holding your racket/your bow properly
    B.[CONSERVER]
    1. [maintenir - dans une position] to hold, to keep ; [ - dans un état] to keep
    tiens-lui la porte, il est chargé hold the door open for him, he's got his hands full
    2. [garder - note] to hold
    ‘tenez votre droite’
    a. [sur la route] ‘keep (to the) right’
    b. [sur un Escalator] ‘keep to the right’
    3. (vieilli) [conserver - dans un lieu] to keep
    4. (Belgique) [collectionner] to collect
    C.[POSSÉDER]
    1. [avoir reçu]
    2. [avoir capturé] to have caught, to have got hold of
    [avoir à sa merci] to have got
    ah, ah, petit coquin, je te tiens! got you, you little devil!
    si je tenais celui qui a défoncé ma portière! just let me get ou lay my hands on whoever smashed in my car door!
    pendant que je vous tiens (au téléphone), pourrais-je vous demander un service? since I'm speaking to you (on the phone), may I ask you a favour?
    3. [détenir - indice, information, preuve] to have ; [ - contrat] to have, to have won ; [ - réponse, solution] to have (found) ou got
    nous tenons de source sûre/soviétique que... we have it on good authority/we hear from Soviet sources that...
    il en tient une bonne ce soir (familier) he's had a skinful (UK) ou he's three sheets to the wind tonight
    a. (familier) [il est stupide] what a twit (UK) ou blockhead!
    b. [il est ivre] he's really plastered!
    c. [il est enrhumé] he's got a stinking (UK) ou horrible cold!
    4. [transmettre]
    D.[CONTRÔLER, AVOIR LA RESPONSABILITÉ DE]
    1. [avoir prise sur, dominer] to hold
    quand la colère le tient, il peut être dangereux he can be dangerous when he's angry
    la jalousie le tenait jealousy had him in its grip, he was gripped by jealousy
    [avoir de l'autorité sur - classe, élève] to (keep under) control
    2. [diriger, s'occuper de - commerce, maison, hôtel] to run ; [ - comptabilité, registre] to keep
    tenir la caisse to be at the cash desk, to be the cashier
    elle tient la rubrique artistique à "Madame" she has a regular Arts column in "Madame"
    3. [donner - assemblée, conférence, séance] to hold, to have
    4. [prononcer - discours] to give ; [ - raisonnement] to have ; [ - langage] to use
    tenir des propos désobligeants/élogieux to make offensive/appreciative remarks
    5. [astreint à]
    E.[EXPRIME UNE MESURE]
    1. [occuper] to take up (separable), to occupy
    tenir une place importante to have ou to hold an important place
    2. [contenir] to hold
    F.[ÊTRE CONSTANT DANS]
    1. [résister à] (to be able) to take
    a. (familier) [assemblage, vêtements] to hold out
    b. [digue] to hold (out)
    le soir, je ne tiens pas le coup I can't take late nights
    tenir la route [véhicule] to have good road-holding (UK), to hold the road well
    tenir une promesse to keep ou to fulfil a promise
    [s'engager dans - pari]
    tenu!, je tiens! JEUX you're on!
    G.[CONSIDÉRER] (soutenu) to hold, to consider
    tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour to consider somebody/something to be, to look upon somebody/something as
    ————————
    [tənir] verbe intransitif
    1. [rester en position - attache] to hold ; [ - chignon] to stay up, to hold ; [ - bouton, trombone] to stay on ; [ - empilement, tas] to stay up
    mets du gel, tes cheveux tiendront mieux use gel, your hair'll hold its shape better
    faire tenir quelque chose avec de la colle/des clous to glue/to nail something into position
    a. [être fixé à] to be fixed on ou to
    b. [être contigu à] to be next to
    [personne]
    il ne tient pas encore bien sur sa bicyclette/ses skis/ses jambes he's not very steady on his bike/his skis/his legs yet
    2. [résister - union] to last, to hold out ; [ - chaise, vêtements] to hold ou to last out ; [ - digue] to hold out ; [ - personne] to hold ou to last out
    je ne tiens plus au soleil, je rentre I can't stand the sun any more, I'm going in
    tenir bon ou ferme
    a. [s'agripper] to hold firm ou tight
    b. [ne pas céder] to hold out
    tenez bon, les secours arrivent hold ou hang on, help's on its way
    il me refusait une augmentation, mais j'ai tenu bon he wouldn't give me a rise but I held out ou stood my ground
    ne pas y tenir, ne (pas) pouvoir y tenir: n'y tenant plus, je l'appelai au téléphone unable to stand it any longer, I phoned him
    ça sent si bon le chocolat, je ne vais pas pouvoir y tenir there's such a gorgeous smell of chocolate, I just won't be able to resist it
    3. [durer, ne pas s'altérer - fleurs] to keep, to last ; [ - tissu] to last (well) ; [ - beau temps] to last, to hold out ; [ - bronzage] to last ; [ - neige] to settle, to stay
    4. [être valable, être d'actualité - offre, pari, rendez-vous] to stand ; [ - promesse] to hold
    il n'y a pas de "mais ma tante" qui tienne, tu vas te coucher! there's no "but Auntie" about it, off to bed with you!
    5. [pouvoir être logé] to fit
    tenir en hauteur/largeur (dans) to fit vertically/widthwise (in)
    b. [ne considérer que] to stick to something
    tiens, tenez [en donnant quelque chose] here
    tiens, tenez [pour attirer l'attention, pour insister]: tiens, le tonnerre gronde listen, it's thundering
    tiens, rends-toi utile here, make yourself useful
    tenez, je ne vous ferai même pas payer l'électricité look, I won't even charge you for the electricity
    s'il est intéressé par le salaire? tiens, bien sûr que oui! is he interested in the salary? you bet he is!
    tiens, tenez [exprime la surprise, l'incrédulité]: tiens, Bruno! que fais-tu ici? (hello) Bruno, what are you doing here?
    tiens, je n'aurais jamais cru ça de lui well, well, I'd never have expected it of him
    elle a refusé? tiens donc! (familier & ironique) she said no? you amaze me! ou surprise, surprise!
    ————————
    tenir à verbe plus préposition
    1. [être attaché à - personne] to care for, to be very fond of ; [ - objet] to be attached to ; [ - réputation] to care about ; [ - indépendance, liberté] to value
    si tu tiens à la vie... if you value your life...
    2. [vouloir]
    tenir à faire quelque chose to be eager to do ou to be keen on doing something
    venez dîner, j'y tiens absolument! come and have dinner, I insist!
    3. [résulter de] to stem ou to result from, to be due to, to be caused by
    à quoi ça tient? (familier) what's the reason for it?, what's it due to?
    qu'à cela ne tienne never mind, fear not (humoristique)
    4. (tournure impersonnelle) [être du ressort de]
    ————————
    tenir de verbe plus préposition
    1. [ressembler à] to take after
    elle est vraiment têtue/douée — elle a de qui tenir! she's so stubborn/gifted — it runs in the family!
    2. [relever de]
    ————————
    se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)
    se tenir par le cou/la taille to have one's arms round each other's shoulders/waists
    ————————
    se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)
    [se dérouler - conférence] to be held, to take place ; [ - festival, foire] to take place
    ————————
    se tenir verbe pronominal transitif
    se tenir la tête à deux mains to hold ou to clutch one's head in one's hands
    ————————
    se tenir verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [se retenir] to hold on (tight)
    b. [fortement] to cling to, to clutch, to grip
    2. [se trouver - en position debout] to stand, to be standing ; [ - en position assise] to sit, to be sitting ou seated
    se tenir aux aguets to be on the lookout, to watch out
    3. [se conduire] to behave
    4. [être cohérent]
    a. [argumentation, intrigue] to hold together, to stand up
    b. [raisonnement] to hold water, to hold together
    [coïncider - indices, événements] to hang together, to be linked
    d'abord ingénieur puis directrice d'usine, elle ne s'en est pas tenue là she started out as an engineer, then became a factory manager, but she didn't stop there
    tiens-toi bien, tenez-vous bien: ils ont détourné, tiens-toi bien, deux millions d'euros! they embezzled, wait for it, 2 million euros!
    elle a battu le record, tenez-vous bien, de plus de deux secondes! she broke the previous record and by over two seconds, would you believe!
    ————————
    se tenir pour verbe pronominal plus préposition
    1. [se considérer comme]
    je ne me tiens pas encore pour battu I don't reckon I'm ou I don't consider myself defeated yet
    je ne me tiens pas pour un génie I don't regard myself as ou think of myself as ou consider myself a genius
    je ne supporterai pas tes insolences, tiens-le-toi pour dit! I'll say this only once, I won't put up with your rudeness!

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tenir

  • 11 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 12 desaparecer

    v.
    1 to disappear.
    me ha desaparecido la pluma my pen has disappeared
    será mejor que desaparezcas de escena durante una temporada you'd better make yourself scarce for a while
    desaparecer de la faz de la tierra to vanish from the face of the earth
    ¡desaparece de mi vista ahora mismo! get out of my sight this minute!
    La tristeza desaparece al amanecer Sadness disappears at dawn.
    Sus dudas desaparecieron His doubts disappeared.
    2 to go missing.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ AGRADECER], like link=agradecer agradecer
    1 (dejar de estar) to disappear
    \
    desaparecer del mapa figurado to vanish off the face of the earth
    hacer desaparecer to cause to disappear, hide 2 (quitar) to get rid of
    * * *
    verb
    to disappear, vanish
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) [persona, objeto] to disappear, go missing

    ¡desaparece de mi vista! — get out of my sight!

    mapa
    2) [mancha, olor, síntoma] to disappear, go (away)
    3) euf (=morir) to pass away
    2.
    VT LAm (Pol) to disappear

    desaparecieron a los disidentes — they disappeared the dissidents, the dissidents were disappeared

    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( de lugar) to disappear
    b) dolor/síntoma/cicatriz to disappear, go; costumbre to disappear, die out; mancha to come out
    c) ( de la vista) to disappear

    desapareció entre la muchedumbrehe disappeared o vanished into the crowd

    desaparece de mi vista — (fam) get out of my sight

    2.
    desaparecerse v pron (Andes) to disappear
    * * *
    = disappear, disband, fade (away/out), fall into + obscurity, vanish, die out, evaporate, go away, dissolve, pass on, go + missing, sweep away, slip through + the cracks, swallow up, slip from + the scene, go out of + existence, go + the way of the dodo, follow + the dodo, go + the way of the horseless carriage, go + the way of the dinosaur(s), blow away, wither away, drop from + sight, pass away, fizzle out, efface, fade into + obscurity, fade into + oblivion, go + forever, peter out, skulk off, sneak off, sneak away, go into + hiding, wear off, be all gone.
    Ex. This feature, portability, can be a mixed blessing-things which can be moved have a habit of disappearing.
    Ex. With the completion of the draft in 1983, the Working Group on an International Authority System was officially disbanded.
    Ex. Trails that are not frequently followed are prone to fade, items are not fully permanent, memory is transitory.
    Ex. The acid rain literature illustrated the 1st paradigm, where journals from the unadjusted literature were thrust forward in the adjusted literature, and no unadjusted journal fell into obscurity.
    Ex. She seized her sweater and purse and vanished.
    Ex. These changes accelerated through much of the nineteenth century, with the older material such as the chivalric romance dying out about the 1960s.
    Ex. It is pointless to create interest if it is then allowed to evaporate because the books cannot be obtained.
    Ex. Not surprisingly, the girls went away embarrassed, and the mother, if she was any better informed, was certainly none the wiser.
    Ex. He adjusted himself comfortably in the chair, overlapped his legs, and blew a smoke ring that dissolved two feet above her head.
    Ex. Further, it is true in nature that organisms are born, grow and mature, decline and pass on.
    Ex. This article describes the consequences of a burglary of a during which the desktop system, computer, image setter, and a FAX machine went missing.
    Ex. Librarians should ensure that the principles they stand for are not swept away on a tide of technological jingoism.
    Ex. The author discusses the factors which have led to early adolescent services slipping through the cracks.
    Ex. The growing complexity of computing environments requires creative solutions to prevent the gain in productivity promised by computing advances from being swallowed up by the necessity of moving information from one environment to another.
    Ex. With their numbers and their prices, serials in the paper format are as a spring fog slipping from the scene.
    Ex. The volunteer fire companies went out of existence, as did their library associations.
    Ex. Today, all of the early independents have gone the way of the dodo = En la actualidad, todas las empresas independientes originales han desaparecido.
    Ex. It has the choice: to follow the dodo or to rise again like the phoenix.
    Ex. When databases of information (particularly in full text) first became available on the Internet, many users felt that thesauri and subject classifications were no longer needed and would go the way of horseless carriages.
    Ex. The library will have to learn to cope with new technology and even larger amounts of material if it wishes to avoid going the way of the dinosaur.
    Ex. Its prediction that, with the passing of years, the taint of scandal will blow away, looks over-optimistic.
    Ex. He concludes that public libraries will wither away, together with the rights of the individual member of the public to information.
    Ex. The older material, such as the chivalric romances, dropped from sight.
    Ex. These tools are useable for analytical studies of how technologies emerge, mature and pass away.
    Ex. Over the weekend, she started three articles and each one fizzled out for lack of inspiration.
    Ex. The beauty, the aliveness, the creativity, the passion that made her lovable and gave her life meaning has been effaced.
    Ex. But he may be put under house arrest, a dire fate for a man who is terrified of fading into obscurity.
    Ex. The music industry as we know it is slowly fading into oblivion.
    Ex. Those were the good old days and now they have gone forever.
    Ex. Press demands for information soon petered out but enquiries from the general public continued for many months.
    Ex. Good attendance with 21 people there though a few skulked off without paying!.
    Ex. One of the great joys in life is sneaking off.
    Ex. So I decided to take my chances and sneak away quietly on a day when Fabiola had a group meeting at her lab.
    Ex. The three have been jailed for more than two weeks while a fourth journalist went into hiding after receiving a judicial summons.
    Ex. We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.
    Ex. The hall is quiet, the band has packed up, and the munchies are all gone.
    ----
    * aparecer y desaparecer = come and go.
    * barreras + desaparecer = boundaries + dissolve.
    * desaparecer de la faz de la tierra = vanish from + the face of the earth, disappear from + the face of the earth.
    * desaparecer en el horizonte cabalgando al atardecer = ride off + into the sunset.
    * desaparecer en la distancia = disappear in + the distance.
    * desaparecer gradualmente = fade into + the sunset.
    * desaparecer las diferencias = blur + distinctions, blur + the lines between, blur + the boundaries between.
    * desaparecer poco a poco = fade into + the sunset.
    * desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.
    * desaparecer sin dejar rastro = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.
    * desear fuertemente que Algo desaparezca = will + Nombre + away.
    * estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * límites + desaparecer = boundaries + crumble.
    * problema + desaparecer = problem + go away.
    * que no desaparece = lingering.
    * viejas costumbres nunca desaparecen, las = old ways never die, the.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( de lugar) to disappear
    b) dolor/síntoma/cicatriz to disappear, go; costumbre to disappear, die out; mancha to come out
    c) ( de la vista) to disappear

    desapareció entre la muchedumbrehe disappeared o vanished into the crowd

    desaparece de mi vista — (fam) get out of my sight

    2.
    desaparecerse v pron (Andes) to disappear
    * * *
    = disappear, disband, fade (away/out), fall into + obscurity, vanish, die out, evaporate, go away, dissolve, pass on, go + missing, sweep away, slip through + the cracks, swallow up, slip from + the scene, go out of + existence, go + the way of the dodo, follow + the dodo, go + the way of the horseless carriage, go + the way of the dinosaur(s), blow away, wither away, drop from + sight, pass away, fizzle out, efface, fade into + obscurity, fade into + oblivion, go + forever, peter out, skulk off, sneak off, sneak away, go into + hiding, wear off, be all gone.

    Ex: This feature, portability, can be a mixed blessing-things which can be moved have a habit of disappearing.

    Ex: With the completion of the draft in 1983, the Working Group on an International Authority System was officially disbanded.
    Ex: Trails that are not frequently followed are prone to fade, items are not fully permanent, memory is transitory.
    Ex: The acid rain literature illustrated the 1st paradigm, where journals from the unadjusted literature were thrust forward in the adjusted literature, and no unadjusted journal fell into obscurity.
    Ex: She seized her sweater and purse and vanished.
    Ex: These changes accelerated through much of the nineteenth century, with the older material such as the chivalric romance dying out about the 1960s.
    Ex: It is pointless to create interest if it is then allowed to evaporate because the books cannot be obtained.
    Ex: Not surprisingly, the girls went away embarrassed, and the mother, if she was any better informed, was certainly none the wiser.
    Ex: He adjusted himself comfortably in the chair, overlapped his legs, and blew a smoke ring that dissolved two feet above her head.
    Ex: Further, it is true in nature that organisms are born, grow and mature, decline and pass on.
    Ex: This article describes the consequences of a burglary of a during which the desktop system, computer, image setter, and a FAX machine went missing.
    Ex: Librarians should ensure that the principles they stand for are not swept away on a tide of technological jingoism.
    Ex: The author discusses the factors which have led to early adolescent services slipping through the cracks.
    Ex: The growing complexity of computing environments requires creative solutions to prevent the gain in productivity promised by computing advances from being swallowed up by the necessity of moving information from one environment to another.
    Ex: With their numbers and their prices, serials in the paper format are as a spring fog slipping from the scene.
    Ex: The volunteer fire companies went out of existence, as did their library associations.
    Ex: Today, all of the early independents have gone the way of the dodo = En la actualidad, todas las empresas independientes originales han desaparecido.
    Ex: It has the choice: to follow the dodo or to rise again like the phoenix.
    Ex: When databases of information (particularly in full text) first became available on the Internet, many users felt that thesauri and subject classifications were no longer needed and would go the way of horseless carriages.
    Ex: The library will have to learn to cope with new technology and even larger amounts of material if it wishes to avoid going the way of the dinosaur.
    Ex: Its prediction that, with the passing of years, the taint of scandal will blow away, looks over-optimistic.
    Ex: He concludes that public libraries will wither away, together with the rights of the individual member of the public to information.
    Ex: The older material, such as the chivalric romances, dropped from sight.
    Ex: These tools are useable for analytical studies of how technologies emerge, mature and pass away.
    Ex: Over the weekend, she started three articles and each one fizzled out for lack of inspiration.
    Ex: The beauty, the aliveness, the creativity, the passion that made her lovable and gave her life meaning has been effaced.
    Ex: But he may be put under house arrest, a dire fate for a man who is terrified of fading into obscurity.
    Ex: The music industry as we know it is slowly fading into oblivion.
    Ex: Those were the good old days and now they have gone forever.
    Ex: Press demands for information soon petered out but enquiries from the general public continued for many months.
    Ex: Good attendance with 21 people there though a few skulked off without paying!.
    Ex: One of the great joys in life is sneaking off.
    Ex: So I decided to take my chances and sneak away quietly on a day when Fabiola had a group meeting at her lab.
    Ex: The three have been jailed for more than two weeks while a fourth journalist went into hiding after receiving a judicial summons.
    Ex: We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.
    Ex: The hall is quiet, the band has packed up, and the munchies are all gone.
    * aparecer y desaparecer = come and go.
    * barreras + desaparecer = boundaries + dissolve.
    * desaparecer de la faz de la tierra = vanish from + the face of the earth, disappear from + the face of the earth.
    * desaparecer en el horizonte cabalgando al atardecer = ride off + into the sunset.
    * desaparecer en la distancia = disappear in + the distance.
    * desaparecer gradualmente = fade into + the sunset.
    * desaparecer las diferencias = blur + distinctions, blur + the lines between, blur + the boundaries between.
    * desaparecer poco a poco = fade into + the sunset.
    * desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.
    * desaparecer sin dejar rastro = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.
    * desear fuertemente que Algo desaparezca = will + Nombre + away.
    * estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * límites + desaparecer = boundaries + crumble.
    * problema + desaparecer = problem + go away.
    * que no desaparece = lingering.
    * viejas costumbres nunca desaparecen, las = old ways never die, the.

    * * *
    vi
    1 (de un lugar) to disappear
    desapareció sin dejar huella he disappeared o vanished without trace, he did a vanishing trick o a disappearing act ( hum)
    hizo desaparecer el sombrero ante sus ojos he made the hat disappear o vanish before their very eyes
    en esta oficina las cosas tienden a desaparecer things tend to disappear o go missing in this office
    2 «dolor/síntoma» to disappear; «cicatriz» to disappear, go; «costumbre» to disappear, die out
    lo dejé en remojo y la mancha desapareció I left it to soak and the stain came out
    tenía que hacer desaparecer las pruebas he had to get rid of the evidence
    3 (de la vista) to disappear
    el sol desapareció detrás de una nube the sun disappeared o went behind a cloud
    el ladrón desapareció entre la muchedumbre the thief disappeared o vanished into the crowd
    desaparece de mi vista antes de que te pegue ( fam); get out of my sight before I wallop you ( colloq)
    1 (de un lugar) to disappear
    se desaparecieron mis gafas my glasses have disappeared
    2 (de la vista) to disappear
    * * *

     

    desaparecer ( conjugate desaparecer) verbo intransitivo [persona/objeto] to disappear;
    [dolor/síntoma/cicatriz] to disappear, go;
    [ costumbre] to disappear, die out;
    [ mancha] to come out
    desaparecerse verbo pronominal (Andes) to disappear
    desaparecer verbo intransitivo to disappear: me ha desaparecido la cartera, I can't find my wallet
    el sol desapareció detrás de las nubes, the sun vanished behind the clouds
    ♦ Locuciones: desaparecer del mapa/de la faz de la tierra, to vanish off the face of the earth
    ' desaparecer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    confundirse
    - disipar
    - escabullirse
    - lance
    - magia
    - mapa
    - obliterar
    - perderse
    - volar
    - volatilizarse
    - camino
    - comer
    - ir
    - pasar
    - quitar
    - sacar
    English:
    disappear
    - dissipate
    - linger
    - lost
    - magic away
    - melt away
    - sink away
    - trace
    - vanish
    - face
    - melt
    - missing
    * * *
    vi
    1. [de la vista] to disappear (de from);
    desapareció tras las colinas it dropped out of sight behind the hills;
    me ha desaparecido la pluma my pen has disappeared;
    hizo desaparecer una paloma y un conejo he made a dove and a rabbit vanish;
    será mejor que desaparezcas de escena durante una temporada you'd better make yourself scarce for a while;
    desaparecer de la faz de la tierra to vanish from the face of the earth;
    ¡desaparece de mi vista ahora mismo! get out of my sight this minute!
    2. [dolor, síntomas, mancha] to disappear, to go;
    [cicatriz] to disappear; [sarpullido] to clear up
    3. [en guerra, accidente] to go missing, to disappear;
    muchos desaparecieron durante la represión many people disappeared during the crackdown
    vt
    Am [persona] = to detain extrajudicially during political repression and possibly kill
    * * *
    I v/i disappear, vanish
    II v/t L.Am.
    disappear fam, make disappear
    * * *
    desaparecer {53} vt
    : to cause to disappear
    : to disappear, to vanish
    * * *
    desaparecer vb to disappear

    Spanish-English dictionary > desaparecer

  • 13 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    marker of hostile opposition, against
    w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 14 documentalista

    f. & m.
    1 archivist.
    2 documentalist, specialist in documentation.
    * * *
    1 (cineasta) documentary maker
    2 (investigador) researcher
    * * *
    SMF
    1) (TV) documentary maker
    2) [en biblioteca] documentalist
    * * *
    = documentalist, information intermediary, information manager, information officer, information scientist, intelligence officer, information specialist.
    Ex. The development of new information techniques -- informatics, computerisation, teledocumentation -- has given rise to a new type of documentalist trained in the special skills necessary to facilitate user access to international data bases using modern computer tools.
    Ex. These hosts are often searched by information intermediaries who have acquired specialist searching skills.
    Ex. The information manager supervises all services to ensure competitiveness, optimal staff deployment and attention to users.
    Ex. The nature of the users, their background, their work, the frequency with which they use the system, and their mode of access to the system (that is, through an intermediary information officer, or directly) are all factors to be considered.
    Ex. Scientists, engineers and other subject specialists may be employed together with information scientists as full-time abstractors.
    Ex. Variously described as information consultant, resource person, intelligence officer, communication scientist, etc, they are still rare birds.
    Ex. The results are seen in information specialists lacking in sensitivity in the implementation and exploitation of computer-mediated information systems.
    ----
    * AIBDA (Asociación Interamericana de Bibliotecarios y Documentalistas de Agri = AIBDA (Inter-American Association of Agricultural Librarians and Information Specialists).
    * Asociación Australiana de Bibliotecarios y Documentalistas (ALIA) = Australian Library and Information Association (ALIA).
    * Asociación de Bibliotecarios y Documentalistas de Suráfrica (LIASA) = Library and Information Association of South Africa (LIASA).
    * Asociación Internacional de Bibliotecarios y Documentalistas de Agricultura = International Association of Agricultural Librarians and Documentalists (IAALD).
    * comunidad de bibliotecarios y documentalistas, la = library and information community, the.
    * documentalista de los medios de comunicación = news librarian, news librarian.
    * profesión de bibliotecario y de documentalista, la = library and information services profession, the.
    * profesión de documentalista, la = information profession, the.
    * profesión del bibliotecario y documentalista, la = library and information profession, the.
    * profesiones de bibliotecario y de documentalista, las = information professions, the.
    * * *
    = documentalist, information intermediary, information manager, information officer, information scientist, intelligence officer, information specialist.

    Ex: The development of new information techniques -- informatics, computerisation, teledocumentation -- has given rise to a new type of documentalist trained in the special skills necessary to facilitate user access to international data bases using modern computer tools.

    Ex: These hosts are often searched by information intermediaries who have acquired specialist searching skills.
    Ex: The information manager supervises all services to ensure competitiveness, optimal staff deployment and attention to users.
    Ex: The nature of the users, their background, their work, the frequency with which they use the system, and their mode of access to the system (that is, through an intermediary information officer, or directly) are all factors to be considered.
    Ex: Scientists, engineers and other subject specialists may be employed together with information scientists as full-time abstractors.
    Ex: Variously described as information consultant, resource person, intelligence officer, communication scientist, etc, they are still rare birds.
    Ex: The results are seen in information specialists lacking in sensitivity in the implementation and exploitation of computer-mediated information systems.
    * AIBDA (Asociación Interamericana de Bibliotecarios y Documentalistas de Agri = AIBDA (Inter-American Association of Agricultural Librarians and Information Specialists).
    * Asociación Australiana de Bibliotecarios y Documentalistas (ALIA) = Australian Library and Information Association (ALIA).
    * Asociación de Bibliotecarios y Documentalistas de Suráfrica (LIASA) = Library and Information Association of South Africa (LIASA).
    * Asociación Internacional de Bibliotecarios y Documentalistas de Agricultura = International Association of Agricultural Librarians and Documentalists (IAALD).
    * comunidad de bibliotecarios y documentalistas, la = library and information community, the.
    * documentalista de los medios de comunicación = news librarian, news librarian.
    * profesión de bibliotecario y de documentalista, la = library and information services profession, the.
    * profesión de documentalista, la = information profession, the.
    * profesión del bibliotecario y documentalista, la = library and information profession, the.
    * profesiones de bibliotecario y de documentalista, las = information professions, the.

    * * *
    documentary maker
    * * *

    documentalista sustantivo masculino
    1 (persona que realiza un documental) documentary maker
    2 (recopilador de datos) documentalist, information officer, researcher: los documentalistas han hecho un buen trabajo para la ambientación de la película, the researchers have done a good job with the setting of the movie
    * * *
    1. [en archivo] archivist
    2. Cine & TV documentary filmmaker
    * * *
    m/f documentary maker

    Spanish-English dictionary > documentalista

  • 15 hold

    A n
    1 (grasp, grip) prise f ; to get hold of attraper [rope, handle] ; to keep (a) hold of ou on tenir [ball, rail, hand] ; ⇒ catch, grab, grasp, seize, take ;
    2 ( possession) to get hold of se procurer [book, ticket, document] ; [press] avoir vent de [story] ; découvrir [details, information] ;
    3 ( contact) to get hold of ( by phone) joindre [person] ; ( by other means) trouver [person] ;
    4 ( control) emprise f (on, over sur) ; to have a hold on ou over sb avoir de l'emprise sur qn ; to get a hold of oneself se reprendre ;
    5 (storage, area) Aviat soute f ; Naut cale f ;
    6 Sport ( in wrestling) prise f ; to have sb in a hold faire une prise à qn ;
    7 (of hairspray, gel) fixation f ; normal/extra hold fixation normale/extra-forte.
    B vtr ( prét, pp held)
    1 ( clasp) tenir [object, hand, person] (above, over au-dessus de ; against contre) ; to hold sth in one's hand tenir qch à la main [brush, pencil, stick] ; ( enclosed) tenir qch dans la main [button, coin, sweet] ; to hold sth/sb by tenir qch/qn par [handle, stem, sleeve, leg] ; to hold one's stomach/head (in pain) se tenir l'estomac/la tête (à cause de la douleur) ; to hold sb (in one's arms) serrer qn dans ses bras ; to hold each other se serrer l'un contre l'autre ; can you hold my bag for me? tu peux me tenir mon sac? ;
    2 ( maintain) to hold one's head upright/still tenir sa tête droite/immobile ; to hold one's hands apart/still tenir ses mains écartées/immobiles ; to hold a pose/smile garder une pose/un sourire ; to hold sth in place ou position maintenir qch en place ; to hold one's speed maintenir sa vitesse ;
    3 ( arrange) organiser, tenir [meeting, talks] ; organiser [competition, ballot, demonstration, course, election] ; organiser, donner [party, reception] ; organiser, monter [exhibition, show] ; avoir [conversation] ; célébrer [church service] ; mener [enquiry] ; faire passer [interview] ; to be held avoir lieu ;
    4 ( have capacity for) [box, case, tank] (pouvoir) contenir [objects, amount] ; [theatre, room] avoir une capacité de [350 people] ; the bus holds ten (people) le bus a dix places ; to (be able to) hold one's drink ou liquor tenir l'alcool ;
    5 ( contain) [drawer, cupboard, box, case] contenir [objects, possessions] ;
    6 ( support) [shelf, fridge, branch, roof] supporter [weight, load, crate] ; the branch won't hold you la branche ne supportera pas ton poids ;
    7 ( restrain) [dam, wall] retenir, contenir [water, flood waters] ; [person] tenir [dog] ; maîtriser [thief] ; there is/there'll be no holding him fig on ne peut/pourra plus l'arrêter ;
    8 ( keep against will) [police, kidnappers] détenir [person] ; to hold sb prisoner/hostage garder qn prisonnier/en otage ;
    9 ( possess) détenir, avoir [shares, power, record, playing card] ; être titulaire de [degree, sporting title, cup] ; occuper [job, position] ; avoir, être en possession de [ticket, passport, licence] ; porter [title] ; Jur, gen [bank, computer, police, solicitor] conserver [document, information, money] ; avoir [mortgage] ;
    10 ( keep back) garder [place, seat, ticket] ; faire attendre [train, flight] ; mettre [qch] en attente [letter, order] ; hold it ! minute ! ; hold everything! arrête tout! ; two burgers, but hold the mustard! deux hamburgers, sans moutarde ;
    11 ( believe) avoir [opinion, belief] ; to hold sb/sth to be tenir qn/qch pour, considérer qn/qch comme ; to hold that [person] soutenir que ; [law, theory] dire que ; to hold sb liable ou responsible tenir qn pour responsable ;
    12 ( defend successfully) Mil tenir [territory, city, bridge] ; Pol, Sport conserver [title, seat, lead, position] ; ( in tennis) to hold one's serve ou service gagner or remporter son service ; to hold one's own [person] se défendre tout seul (against contre) ; [army] tenir bon (against devant) ;
    13 ( captivate) captiver [person, audience, class] ; capter, retenir [attention, interest] ;
    14 Telecom to hold the line patienter, rester en ligne ; can you hold the line please ne quittez pas s'il vous plaît ;
    15 Mus tenir [note] (for pendant) ;
    16 Aut to hold the road tenir la route.
    C vi ( prét, pp held)
    1 ( remain intact) [rope, shelf, bridge, dam, glue] tenir ; fig ( also hold good) [theory, offer, objection, law] tenir ;
    2 ( continue) [weather] rester beau/belle, se maintenir ; [luck] continuer, durer ;
    3 Telecom patienter ;
    4 ( remain steady) hold still! tiens-toi tranquille!
    D v refl ( prét, pp held) to hold oneself upright/well se tenir droit/bien.
    1 Telecom en attente ; to put sb on hold Telecom faire patienter qn ; to put a call on hold Telecom mettre un appel en attente ;
    2 to put one's plan/a project on hold gen laisser ses projets/un projet en suspens.
    hold against: to hold sth against sb reprocher qch à qn ; to hold it against sb that en vouloir à qn parce que ; I don't hold it against him/them je ne lui/leur en veux pas ; your age could be held against you ton âge pourrait jouer en ta défaveur.
    hold back:
    hold back se retenir ; to hold back from doing se retenir de faire, préférer ne pas faire ;
    hold [sb/sth] back, hold back [sb/sth]
    1 ( restrain) contenir [water, tide, crowd, animals] ; retenir [hair, tears] ; retenir [person] ; refouler [feelings] ; contenir [anger] ; to hold back one's laughter se retenir or s'empêcher de rire ;
    2 ( prevent progress of) ( involuntarily) [person] retarder [person, group] ; ( deliberately) [person] retenir [person] ; [background, poor education] gêner [person] ; entraver [production, progress, development] ;
    3 ( withhold) [person, government, organization] cacher [information, result] ; ( to protect privacy) tenir [qch] secret, ne pas divulguer [name, information, identity] ; [person, company] différer [payment].
    hold down:
    hold [sb/sth] down, hold down [sb/sth]
    1 ( prevent from moving) maintenir [qch] en place [tent, carpet, piece of paper] ; tenir, maîtriser [person] ;
    2 ( press down) appuyer sur [pedal, key] ;
    3 ( keep at certain level) limiter [number, rate, expenditure, costs, inflation] ; limiter l'augmentation de [wages, taxes, prices] ;
    4 ( keep) ( not lose) garder [job] ; ( have) avoir [job].
    hold forth péj disserter, pérorer pej (about, on sur).
    hold in:
    hold [sth] in, hold in [sth]
    1 ( restrain) réprimer, contenir [feeling, anger, disappointment] ;
    2 ( pull in) rentrer [stomach, buttocks].
    hold off:
    hold off [enemy] accorder un répit ; [creditors] accorder un délai ; I hope the rain holds off j'espère qu'il ne pleuvra pas ; the rain held off until after the match il s'est mis à pleuvoir après le match ; to hold off buying/making a decision reporter l'achat/la décision à plus tard ; he held off leaving until the weekend il a reporté son départ au week-end ;
    hold [sb] off, hold off [sb] tenir [qn] à distance [enemy, creditor, journalists] ; faire patienter [client] ;
    hold [sth] off repousser [attack].
    hold on:
    hold on
    1 ( wait) gen attendre ; Telecom patienter ; ‘hold on, I'll just get him’ ( on telephone) ‘ne quittez pas, je vais le chercher’ ;
    2 ( grip) tenir (with de, avec) ; ‘hold on (tight)!’ ‘tiens-toi (bien)!’ ;
    3 ( endure) [person, company] tenir ;
    hold [sth] on [screw, glue] maintenir [qch] en place ; to be held on with sth [door, handle, wheel] être maintenu par qch.
    hold on to [sb/sth]
    1 ( grip) s'agripper à [branch, railing, rope] ; s'agripper à, se tenir à [person] ; ( to prevent from falling) agripper, retenir [person] ; serrer [object, purse] ; (bien) tenir [dog] ;
    2 ( retain) conserver [power, title, lead] ; garder [shares, car] ; to hold on to one's dreams fig s'accrocher à ses rêves ; to hold on to one's ou the belief that persister à croire que ;
    3 ( look after) garder [object] (for pour).
    hold out:
    1 ( endure) tenir le coup, tenir bon ; to hold out against tenir bon devant [enemy, changes, threat] ;
    2 ( remain available) [supplies, food, stocks] durer ;
    hold [sth] out, holdout [sth] tendre [glass, money, ticket] (to à) ; to hold out one's hand/leg tendre la main/la jambe ;
    hold out [sth] garder, conserver [hope] ; I don't hold out much hope je ne me fais guère d'illusions, je n'ai plus beaucoup d'espoir ; they don't hold out much hope of finding him ils ont perdu presque tout espoir de le retrouver ; to hold out for insister pour obtenir [pay rise, increase] ; to hold out on sb cacher des choses à qn ; they know something, but they're holding out on us ils sont au courant mais ils nous cachent quelque chose.
    hold over:
    hold [sth] over, hold over [sth]
    1 ( postpone) ajourner [question, programme] ;
    2 ( continue to show) maintenir [qch] à l'affiche [film] ; prolonger [show, exhibition].
    hold to:
    hold to [sth] s'en tenir à [belief, opinion, decision] ;
    hold sb to [sth] faire tenir [qch] à qn [promise] ; faire honorer [qch] à qn [contract, offer] ; I'll hold you to that! je note!, je m'en souviendrai!
    1 ( not break) [car, shoes, chair] tenir ;
    2 ( remain united) [family, party] rester uni ; [alliance] rester intact ;
    hold [sth] together
    1 ( keep intact) faire tenir [car, machine, chair] ; maintenir ensemble [papers, pieces] ; to be held together with sth tenir avec qch ;
    2 ( unite) assurer la cohésion de [company, party, government] ; my mother held the family together la famille est restée unie grâce à ma mère.
    hold up:
    hold up
    1 ( remain intact) tenir, résister ; to hold up well [currency] résister ;
    2 ( remain valid) [theory, argument] tenir ;
    hold [sb/sth] up, hold up [sb/sth]
    1 ( support) soutenir [shelf, picture] ; tenir [trousers, stockings] ; to be held up by ou with sth tenir avec qch ;
    2 ( raise) lever [object] ; to hold one's hand up lever la main ;
    3 ( display) to hold sb/sth up as an example ou model of présenter qn/ qch comme un exemple de ; to hold sb up to ridicule tourner qn en ridicule, ridiculiser qn ;
    4 ( delay) retarder [person, flight] ; ralentir [production, traffic] ; arrêter, interrompre [procession] ;
    5 ( rob) attaquer [train, bank, person].
    hold with: not to hold with ne pas être d'accord avec [idea, system] ; être contre [television, imitations etc] ; he doesn't hold with teaching children French il est contre le fait qu'on enseigne le français aux enfants.

    Big English-French dictionary > hold

  • 16 Artificial Intelligence

       In my opinion, none of [these programs] does even remote justice to the complexity of human mental processes. Unlike men, "artificially intelligent" programs tend to be single minded, undistractable, and unemotional. (Neisser, 1967, p. 9)
       Future progress in [artificial intelligence] will depend on the development of both practical and theoretical knowledge.... As regards theoretical knowledge, some have sought a unified theory of artificial intelligence. My view is that artificial intelligence is (or soon will be) an engineering discipline since its primary goal is to build things. (Nilsson, 1971, pp. vii-viii)
       Most workers in AI [artificial intelligence] research and in related fields confess to a pronounced feeling of disappointment in what has been achieved in the last 25 years. Workers entered the field around 1950, and even around 1960, with high hopes that are very far from being realized in 1972. In no part of the field have the discoveries made so far produced the major impact that was then promised.... In the meantime, claims and predictions regarding the potential results of AI research had been publicized which went even farther than the expectations of the majority of workers in the field, whose embarrassments have been added to by the lamentable failure of such inflated predictions....
       When able and respected scientists write in letters to the present author that AI, the major goal of computing science, represents "another step in the general process of evolution"; that possibilities in the 1980s include an all-purpose intelligence on a human-scale knowledge base; that awe-inspiring possibilities suggest themselves based on machine intelligence exceeding human intelligence by the year 2000 [one has the right to be skeptical]. (Lighthill, 1972, p. 17)
       4) Just as Astronomy Succeeded Astrology, the Discovery of Intellectual Processes in Machines Should Lead to a Science, Eventually
       Just as astronomy succeeded astrology, following Kepler's discovery of planetary regularities, the discoveries of these many principles in empirical explorations on intellectual processes in machines should lead to a science, eventually. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)
       Many problems arise in experiments on machine intelligence because things obvious to any person are not represented in any program. One can pull with a string, but one cannot push with one.... Simple facts like these caused serious problems when Charniak attempted to extend Bobrow's "Student" program to more realistic applications, and they have not been faced up to until now. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 77)
       What do we mean by [a symbolic] "description"? We do not mean to suggest that our descriptions must be made of strings of ordinary language words (although they might be). The simplest kind of description is a structure in which some features of a situation are represented by single ("primitive") symbols, and relations between those features are represented by other symbols-or by other features of the way the description is put together. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)
       [AI is] the use of computer programs and programming techniques to cast light on the principles of intelligence in general and human thought in particular. (Boden, 1977, p. 5)
       The word you look for and hardly ever see in the early AI literature is the word knowledge. They didn't believe you have to know anything, you could always rework it all.... In fact 1967 is the turning point in my mind when there was enough feeling that the old ideas of general principles had to go.... I came up with an argument for what I called the primacy of expertise, and at the time I called the other guys the generalists. (Moses, quoted in McCorduck, 1979, pp. 228-229)
       9) Artificial Intelligence Is Psychology in a Particularly Pure and Abstract Form
       The basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense. We can now see why this includes psychology and artificial intelligence on a more or less equal footing: people and intelligent computers (if and when there are any) turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. Moreover, with universal hardware, any semantic engine can in principle be formally imitated by a computer if only the right program can be found. And that will guarantee semantic imitation as well, since (given the appropriate formal behavior) the semantics is "taking care of itself" anyway. Thus we also see why, from this perspective, artificial intelligence can be regarded as psychology in a particularly pure and abstract form. The same fundamental structures are under investigation, but in AI, all the relevant parameters are under direct experimental control (in the programming), without any messy physiology or ethics to get in the way. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)
       There are many different kinds of reasoning one might imagine:
        Formal reasoning involves the syntactic manipulation of data structures to deduce new ones following prespecified rules of inference. Mathematical logic is the archetypical formal representation. Procedural reasoning uses simulation to answer questions and solve problems. When we use a program to answer What is the sum of 3 and 4? it uses, or "runs," a procedural model of arithmetic. Reasoning by analogy seems to be a very natural mode of thought for humans but, so far, difficult to accomplish in AI programs. The idea is that when you ask the question Can robins fly? the system might reason that "robins are like sparrows, and I know that sparrows can fly, so robins probably can fly."
        Generalization and abstraction are also natural reasoning process for humans that are difficult to pin down well enough to implement in a program. If one knows that Robins have wings, that Sparrows have wings, and that Blue jays have wings, eventually one will believe that All birds have wings. This capability may be at the core of most human learning, but it has not yet become a useful technique in AI.... Meta- level reasoning is demonstrated by the way one answers the question What is Paul Newman's telephone number? You might reason that "if I knew Paul Newman's number, I would know that I knew it, because it is a notable fact." This involves using "knowledge about what you know," in particular, about the extent of your knowledge and about the importance of certain facts. Recent research in psychology and AI indicates that meta-level reasoning may play a central role in human cognitive processing. (Barr & Feigenbaum, 1981, pp. 146-147)
       Suffice it to say that programs already exist that can do things-or, at the very least, appear to be beginning to do things-which ill-informed critics have asserted a priori to be impossible. Examples include: perceiving in a holistic as opposed to an atomistic way; using language creatively; translating sensibly from one language to another by way of a language-neutral semantic representation; planning acts in a broad and sketchy fashion, the details being decided only in execution; distinguishing between different species of emotional reaction according to the psychological context of the subject. (Boden, 1981, p. 33)
       Can the synthesis of Man and Machine ever be stable, or will the purely organic component become such a hindrance that it has to be discarded? If this eventually happens-and I have... good reasons for thinking that it must-we have nothing to regret and certainly nothing to fear. (Clarke, 1984, p. 243)
       The thesis of GOFAI... is not that the processes underlying intelligence can be described symbolically... but that they are symbolic. (Haugeland, 1985, p. 113)
        14) Artificial Intelligence Provides a Useful Approach to Psychological and Psychiatric Theory Formation
       It is all very well formulating psychological and psychiatric theories verbally but, when using natural language (even technical jargon), it is difficult to recognise when a theory is complete; oversights are all too easily made, gaps too readily left. This is a point which is generally recognised to be true and it is for precisely this reason that the behavioural sciences attempt to follow the natural sciences in using "classical" mathematics as a more rigorous descriptive language. However, it is an unfortunate fact that, with a few notable exceptions, there has been a marked lack of success in this application. It is my belief that a different approach-a different mathematics-is needed, and that AI provides just this approach. (Hand, quoted in Hand, 1985, pp. 6-7)
       We might distinguish among four kinds of AI.
       Research of this kind involves building and programming computers to perform tasks which, to paraphrase Marvin Minsky, would require intelligence if they were done by us. Researchers in nonpsychological AI make no claims whatsoever about the psychological realism of their programs or the devices they build, that is, about whether or not computers perform tasks as humans do.
       Research here is guided by the view that the computer is a useful tool in the study of mind. In particular, we can write computer programs or build devices that simulate alleged psychological processes in humans and then test our predictions about how the alleged processes work. We can weave these programs and devices together with other programs and devices that simulate different alleged mental processes and thereby test the degree to which the AI system as a whole simulates human mentality. According to weak psychological AI, working with computer models is a way of refining and testing hypotheses about processes that are allegedly realized in human minds.
    ... According to this view, our minds are computers and therefore can be duplicated by other computers. Sherry Turkle writes that the "real ambition is of mythic proportions, making a general purpose intelligence, a mind." (Turkle, 1984, p. 240) The authors of a major text announce that "the ultimate goal of AI research is to build a person or, more humbly, an animal." (Charniak & McDermott, 1985, p. 7)
       Research in this field, like strong psychological AI, takes seriously the functionalist view that mentality can be realized in many different types of physical devices. Suprapsychological AI, however, accuses strong psychological AI of being chauvinisticof being only interested in human intelligence! Suprapsychological AI claims to be interested in all the conceivable ways intelligence can be realized. (Flanagan, 1991, pp. 241-242)
        16) Determination of Relevance of Rules in Particular Contexts
       Even if the [rules] were stored in a context-free form the computer still couldn't use them. To do that the computer requires rules enabling it to draw on just those [ rules] which are relevant in each particular context. Determination of relevance will have to be based on further facts and rules, but the question will again arise as to which facts and rules are relevant for making each particular determination. One could always invoke further facts and rules to answer this question, but of course these must be only the relevant ones. And so it goes. It seems that AI workers will never be able to get started here unless they can settle the problem of relevance beforehand by cataloguing types of context and listing just those facts which are relevant in each. (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1986, p. 80)
       Perhaps the single most important idea to artificial intelligence is that there is no fundamental difference between form and content, that meaning can be captured in a set of symbols such as a semantic net. (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)
        18) The Assumption That the Mind Is a Formal System
       Artificial intelligence is based on the assumption that the mind can be described as some kind of formal system manipulating symbols that stand for things in the world. Thus it doesn't matter what the brain is made of, or what it uses for tokens in the great game of thinking. Using an equivalent set of tokens and rules, we can do thinking with a digital computer, just as we can play chess using cups, salt and pepper shakers, knives, forks, and spoons. Using the right software, one system (the mind) can be mapped into the other (the computer). (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)
        19) A Statement of the Primary and Secondary Purposes of Artificial Intelligence
       The primary goal of Artificial Intelligence is to make machines smarter.
       The secondary goals of Artificial Intelligence are to understand what intelligence is (the Nobel laureate purpose) and to make machines more useful (the entrepreneurial purpose). (Winston, 1987, p. 1)
       The theoretical ideas of older branches of engineering are captured in the language of mathematics. We contend that mathematical logic provides the basis for theory in AI. Although many computer scientists already count logic as fundamental to computer science in general, we put forward an even stronger form of the logic-is-important argument....
       AI deals mainly with the problem of representing and using declarative (as opposed to procedural) knowledge. Declarative knowledge is the kind that is expressed as sentences, and AI needs a language in which to state these sentences. Because the languages in which this knowledge usually is originally captured (natural languages such as English) are not suitable for computer representations, some other language with the appropriate properties must be used. It turns out, we think, that the appropriate properties include at least those that have been uppermost in the minds of logicians in their development of logical languages such as the predicate calculus. Thus, we think that any language for expressing knowledge in AI systems must be at least as expressive as the first-order predicate calculus. (Genesereth & Nilsson, 1987, p. viii)
        21) Perceptual Structures Can Be Represented as Lists of Elementary Propositions
       In artificial intelligence studies, perceptual structures are represented as assemblages of description lists, the elementary components of which are propositions asserting that certain relations hold among elements. (Chase & Simon, 1988, p. 490)
       Artificial intelligence (AI) is sometimes defined as the study of how to build and/or program computers to enable them to do the sorts of things that minds can do. Some of these things are commonly regarded as requiring intelligence: offering a medical diagnosis and/or prescription, giving legal or scientific advice, proving theorems in logic or mathematics. Others are not, because they can be done by all normal adults irrespective of educational background (and sometimes by non-human animals too), and typically involve no conscious control: seeing things in sunlight and shadows, finding a path through cluttered terrain, fitting pegs into holes, speaking one's own native tongue, and using one's common sense. Because it covers AI research dealing with both these classes of mental capacity, this definition is preferable to one describing AI as making computers do "things that would require intelligence if done by people." However, it presupposes that computers could do what minds can do, that they might really diagnose, advise, infer, and understand. One could avoid this problematic assumption (and also side-step questions about whether computers do things in the same way as we do) by defining AI instead as "the development of computers whose observable performance has features which in humans we would attribute to mental processes." This bland characterization would be acceptable to some AI workers, especially amongst those focusing on the production of technological tools for commercial purposes. But many others would favour a more controversial definition, seeing AI as the science of intelligence in general-or, more accurately, as the intellectual core of cognitive science. As such, its goal is to provide a systematic theory that can explain (and perhaps enable us to replicate) both the general categories of intentionality and the diverse psychological capacities grounded in them. (Boden, 1990b, pp. 1-2)
       Because the ability to store data somewhat corresponds to what we call memory in human beings, and because the ability to follow logical procedures somewhat corresponds to what we call reasoning in human beings, many members of the cult have concluded that what computers do somewhat corresponds to what we call thinking. It is no great difficulty to persuade the general public of that conclusion since computers process data very fast in small spaces well below the level of visibility; they do not look like other machines when they are at work. They seem to be running along as smoothly and silently as the brain does when it remembers and reasons and thinks. On the other hand, those who design and build computers know exactly how the machines are working down in the hidden depths of their semiconductors. Computers can be taken apart, scrutinized, and put back together. Their activities can be tracked, analyzed, measured, and thus clearly understood-which is far from possible with the brain. This gives rise to the tempting assumption on the part of the builders and designers that computers can tell us something about brains, indeed, that the computer can serve as a model of the mind, which then comes to be seen as some manner of information processing machine, and possibly not as good at the job as the machine. (Roszak, 1994, pp. xiv-xv)
       The inner workings of the human mind are far more intricate than the most complicated systems of modern technology. Researchers in the field of artificial intelligence have been attempting to develop programs that will enable computers to display intelligent behavior. Although this field has been an active one for more than thirty-five years and has had many notable successes, AI researchers still do not know how to create a program that matches human intelligence. No existing program can recall facts, solve problems, reason, learn, and process language with human facility. This lack of success has occurred not because computers are inferior to human brains but rather because we do not yet know in sufficient detail how intelligence is organized in the brain. (Anderson, 1995, p. 2)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Artificial Intelligence

  • 17 Silk Yarns

    Silk yarns are composed of a number of silk filaments twisted together, usually 8 to 12 to form a thread. The filaments have a natural coating of gum which gives strength and elasticity, but reduces lustre. The gum must be boiled off if lustre is wanted, which may be done either in the yarn state or when woven in cloth. Silk yarns are divided into two classes, " thrown silk" and " spun silk," the first being yarns that are made by the processes of reeling and throwing, and the second consisting of yarns spun from waste silk. Thrown Silk, or Net Silk comprises organzine and tram yarns, organzine being made from the most perfect cocoons and used for warps. Tram is made from the inferior cocoons and used as weft. All silk contains a proportion of natural gum, and the amount of gum removed give rise to the following terms: - Boiled-off Silk - Yarn which has had all the gum removed, and has the highest sheen (see Boiled-off). Hard Silk - Yarn that has not undergone any boiling-off process. Ecru Silk - Yarn boiled to remove about 3 per cent to 5 per cent of the gum by light washing in lukewarm water. Souple Silk - Yarn boiled to remove about one-sixth of the gum. Bengal Silk - See Bengal Silk. Berlin Silk - A silk yarn made for fancy hand work. It is produced by doubling from 4 to 8 twisted singles grege by a right-hand twist; then again doubling three of these with a left-hand twist. The thread is very round, smooth, and hard, also known as cordon-net. Blond Silk - A special silk yarn made by doubling three grege threads left-hand twist, then doubling three of these together with right-hand twist. Brights - Silk which has been entirely de-gummed in the skein and then dyed. Bourette, Bourrette Yarn - A low grade of silk yarn made from the waste produced by schappe spinning. Canton Silk - See Canton Silk. Chiffon Twist - Single raw silk threads, 50 or more turns per inch. Used for chiffons, crepe-de-chines, etc. Crepe-de-Chine - Hard twist tram silk, about 40 to 70 turns per inch. Made from 3 to 5 raw silk ends. Usually woven as weft. Crepe Georgette - Hard twist raw silk usually made from two threads 13/15 deniers, 50 or more turns, both right and left twist, used for crepe georgettes as warp and weft. Crepe Twist - This is tram silk hard twisted, having from 30 to 100 turns per inch. Used for making fabrics of a crepe character both all silk and mixtures. Cordonnet Silk - See Berlin Silk; also under Cordonnet. Eri Silk - A raw silk obtained from the wild silkworm " Attacus ricini." Flock Silk - A general term used to indicate silk yarns made from the outer uneven parts of the cocoon. Floss Silk - Used principally for embroidery purposes. It is a thrown silk and made by doubling two thick raw singles with right-hand twist together with a left-hand twist. Galette Silk - A coarse silk yarn made from waste. Grenadine Silk - Organzine silk with a large number of turns per inch. Jaspe Silk - Silk warps printed in the hank. Ombre Silk - Skein dyed yarn in a gradation of shades, which run in sequence of depth of colour, varying from five up to forty shades. Schappe Silk - A spun silk yarn which is made from silk degummed by the maceration process used on the Continent (see Schappe Silk). Soie Ondee - See Soie Ondee. Silk Yarns - In addition to the foregoing yarns see under the following terms for further silk yarns: - Cable, Cevennes, Chappe, Chine, Clochepeid, Crocheting, Crue (see Ecru), Cuite Cusier, Cusirino, Degummed, Docken, Doup-pion. Ecru, Embroidery, Etschingo, Filature, Filature a 1'Europeune, Filet, Florette, Fringe, Goffered, Grege, Gum Hainin, Hard, Kahing, Knitting, Lousy, Marabout, Maybasch, Melange, Mele, Mi-cuit, Minchcw, Nett, Noil, Organzine, Ouvrees, Oval, Pearlina, Pel, Pelo, Poie, Pure dye Silk, Raw (see Grege), Re-reels, Retorse, Senegal, Sewing, Simonita, Soft Singles, Soie Ondee, Souple, Spun, Steeped, Strafilato, Stumba, Thrown, Tors San File, Tram, Tramette, Tsatlees, Tussah, Twist, Washed, Zaguri.

    Dictionary of the English textile terms > Silk Yarns

  • 18 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 19 συναναφέρω

    συνανα-φέρω, [tense] fut. - ανοίσω prob.in Hsch.:—
    A carry up together, LXX Ge.50.25;

    ἑαυτῷ τοὺς παχεῖς χυμούς Gal.15.634

    :—[voice] Pass., to be carried up or ascend together with,

    [ὁ ἀὴρ] σ. τῷ.. πυρί Arist.Mete. 341a7

    ; to be carried along with,

    τῷ αἵματι Gal.Nat. Fac.2.2

    , cf. Id.2.819; to be imparted (to milk), Sor.1.95; to be brought up to the surface, of heat, Herod.Med. ap. Orib.5.30.9.
    2 Astron., rise with, in [voice] Pass., Hipparch.2.3.30, Vett.Val.6.10.
    II metaph., bring up together with itself, Plu.2.451a; τὴ ἀρχήν refer to its origin at the same time, Plb.5.32.4, cf. Dam.Pr.64.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συναναφέρω

  • 20 συνεφίστημι

    συνεφ-ίστημι and [suff] συνεφ-ιστάνω (Plb.7.13.2): [tense] aor. 1
    2 seemingly intr. (sc. τὸν νοῦν), attend to, observe along with,

    ἐπὶ τὰ λεγόμενα Id.3.9.4

    ;

    τοῖς ὑπομνήμασι Id.9.2.7

    , cf. 4.40.10, etc.; dub. l. in Vett.Val.241.15.
    II [voice] Pass. συνεφίστᾰμαι, with [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Act., stand over, superintend along with or together, Th.2.75.
    3 occur together, τινι with.., Dsc. Ther.Praef., v.l. for συνυφ- in Porph.Sent.27.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συνεφίστημι

См. также в других словарях:

  • Rise of the Cybermen — Infobox Doctor Who episode number=176a serial name= Rise of the Cybermen show=DW caption=The Cybermen are back, and advancing on the Doctor. type=episode doctor=David Tennant (Tenth Doctor) companion=Billie Piper (Rose Tyler) companion2=Noel… …   Wikipedia

  • Together (2002 film) — Infobox Film name = Together image size = caption = Promotional poster for Together director = Chen Kaige producer = Tong Gang Chen Hong writer = Chen Kaige Xue Xiaolu starring = Tang Yun Liu Peiqi Wang Zhiwen Chen Hong Chen Kaige music = Zhao… …   Wikipedia

  • RISE (magazine) — Infobox Network network name = RISE country = United States network type = Magazine owner = ESPN, Inc. (The Walt Disney Company) launch date = 1997| RISE is a high school sports magazine published monthly during the school year in 25 markets… …   Wikipedia

  • Rise Up (Parachute Club song) — Rise Up is a pop song recorded by the Canadian group Parachute Club on their self titled 1983 album. It was produced and engineered by Daniel Lanois. It remains Parachute Club s best known song.An upbeat call for peace, celebration, and freedom / …   Wikipedia

  • Together (1928 song) — Together is a 1928 popular song with music by Ray Henderson and lyrics by Buddy G. DeSylva and Lew Brown. The most popular 1928 recording of the song, by Paul Whiteman, was a #1 hit.cite book title=The Billboard Book of Top 40 Hits last= Whitburn …   Wikipedia

  • Rise and Fall of the City of Mahagonny — Mahagonny redirects here. For the Mahagonny Songspiel, see Mahagonny Songspiel. Rise and Fall of the City of Mahagonny (Aufstieg und Fall der Stadt Mahagonny) is a political satirical opera composed by Kurt Weill to a German libretto by Bertolt… …   Wikipedia

  • Rise of Nations — Infobox VG title = Rise of Nations developer = Big Huge Games publisher = Microsoft Game Studios designer = Brian Reynolds engine = version = 02.04.04.2903 released = vgrelease|North America|NA|May 20, 2003 vgrelease|Europe|EU|May 23, 2003 genre …   Wikipedia

  • RISE against Racism — London’s biggest free music festival, RISE against Racism has taken place in every year since 1996. Initially a free festival named Respect , it was held in London and funded by trade unions. Since 2001, under Mayor of London Ken Livingstone, it… …   Wikipedia

  • Rise of nationalism under the Ottoman Empire — Social structure of the Ottoman Empire Millets: (Jews · Armenians · Greeks) …   Wikipedia

  • Rise of the Ottoman Empire — History of the Ottoman Empire This article is part of a series Foundation (1299–1402) …   Wikipedia

  • Rise of Rome — The rise of Rome to dominate the overt politics of Europe, North Africa and the Near East completely from the 1st century BC to the 4th century AD, is the subject of a great deal of analysis by historians, military strategists, political… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»